blob: 75a8ed44e5b7b2800bc16ff5636349a99c967f5d [file] [log] [blame]
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001:mod:`os` --- Miscellaneous operating system interfaces
2=======================================================
3
4.. module:: os
5 :synopsis: Miscellaneous operating system interfaces.
6
Terry Jan Reedyfa089b92016-06-11 15:02:54 -04007**Source code:** :source:`Lib/os.py`
8
9--------------
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000010
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +000011This module provides a portable way of using operating system dependent
12functionality. If you just want to read or write a file see :func:`open`, if
13you want to manipulate paths, see the :mod:`os.path` module, and if you want to
14read all the lines in all the files on the command line see the :mod:`fileinput`
15module. For creating temporary files and directories see the :mod:`tempfile`
16module, and for high-level file and directory handling see the :mod:`shutil`
17module.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000018
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000019Notes on the availability of these functions:
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000020
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000021* The design of all built-in operating system dependent modules of Python is
22 such that as long as the same functionality is available, it uses the same
23 interface; for example, the function ``os.stat(path)`` returns stat
24 information about *path* in the same format (which happens to have originated
25 with the POSIX interface).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000026
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000027* Extensions peculiar to a particular operating system are also available
28 through the :mod:`os` module, but using them is of course a threat to
29 portability.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000030
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000031* All functions accepting path or file names accept both bytes and string
32 objects, and result in an object of the same type, if a path or file name is
33 returned.
Georg Brandl76e55382008-10-08 16:34:57 +000034
pxinwrf2d7ac72019-05-21 18:46:37 +080035* On VxWorks, os.fork, os.execv and os.spawn*p* are not supported.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +000036
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +000037.. note::
38
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +020039 All functions in this module raise :exc:`OSError` (or subclasses thereof) in
40 the case of invalid or inaccessible file names and paths, or other arguments
41 that have the correct type, but are not accepted by the operating system.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000042
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000043.. exception:: error
44
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +000045 An alias for the built-in :exc:`OSError` exception.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000046
47
48.. data:: name
49
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000050 The name of the operating system dependent module imported. The following
Ned Deily5c867012014-06-26 23:40:06 -070051 names have currently been registered: ``'posix'``, ``'nt'``,
Larry Hastings10108a72016-09-05 15:11:23 -070052 ``'java'``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000053
Antoine Pitroua83cdaa2011-07-09 15:54:23 +020054 .. seealso::
55 :attr:`sys.platform` has a finer granularity. :func:`os.uname` gives
56 system-dependent version information.
57
58 The :mod:`platform` module provides detailed checks for the
59 system's identity.
60
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000061
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000062.. _os-filenames:
Victor Stinner6bfd8542014-06-19 12:50:27 +020063.. _filesystem-encoding:
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000064
65File Names, Command Line Arguments, and Environment Variables
66-------------------------------------------------------------
67
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +000068In Python, file names, command line arguments, and environment variables are
69represented using the string type. On some systems, decoding these strings to
70and from bytes is necessary before passing them to the operating system. Python
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +010071uses the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler` to perform this
72conversion (see :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`).
73
74The :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler` are configured at Python
75startup by the :c:func:`PyConfig_Read` function: see
76:c:member:`~PyConfig.filesystem_encoding` and
77:c:member:`~PyConfig.filesystem_errors` members of :c:type:`PyConfig`.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000078
79.. versionchanged:: 3.1
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +000080 On some systems, conversion using the file system encoding may fail. In this
Victor Stinnerf6a271a2014-08-01 12:28:48 +020081 case, Python uses the :ref:`surrogateescape encoding error handler
82 <surrogateescape>`, which means that undecodable bytes are replaced by a
83 Unicode character U+DCxx on decoding, and these are again translated to the
84 original byte on encoding.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000085
86
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +010087The :term:`file system encoding <filesystem encoding and error handler>` must
88guarantee to successfully decode all bytes below 128. If the file system
89encoding fails to provide this guarantee, API functions can raise
90:exc:`UnicodeError`.
91
92See also the :term:`locale encoding`.
93
94
95.. _utf8-mode:
96
97Python UTF-8 Mode
98-----------------
99
100.. versionadded:: 3.7
101 See :pep:`540` for more details.
102
103The Python UTF-8 Mode ignores the :term:`locale encoding` and forces the usage
104of the UTF-8 encoding:
105
106* Use UTF-8 as the :term:`filesystem encoding <filesystem encoding and error
107 handler>`.
108* :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding()` returns ``'UTF-8'``.
109* :func:`locale.getpreferredencoding()` returns ``'UTF-8'`` (the *do_setlocale*
110 argument has no effect).
111* :data:`sys.stdin`, :data:`sys.stdout`, and :data:`sys.stderr` all use
112 UTF-8 as their text encoding, with the ``surrogateescape``
113 :ref:`error handler <error-handlers>` being enabled for :data:`sys.stdin`
114 and :data:`sys.stdout` (:data:`sys.stderr` continues to use
115 ``backslashreplace`` as it does in the default locale-aware mode)
Victor Stinner35297182020-11-04 11:20:10 +0100116* On Unix, :func:`os.device_encoding` returns ``'UTF-8'``. rather than the
117 device encoding.
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100118
119Note that the standard stream settings in UTF-8 mode can be overridden by
120:envvar:`PYTHONIOENCODING` (just as they can be in the default locale-aware
121mode).
122
123As a consequence of the changes in those lower level APIs, other higher
124level APIs also exhibit different default behaviours:
125
126* Command line arguments, environment variables and filenames are decoded
127 to text using the UTF-8 encoding.
128* :func:`os.fsdecode()` and :func:`os.fsencode()` use the UTF-8 encoding.
129* :func:`open()`, :func:`io.open()`, and :func:`codecs.open()` use the UTF-8
130 encoding by default. However, they still use the strict error handler by
131 default so that attempting to open a binary file in text mode is likely
132 to raise an exception rather than producing nonsense data.
133
134The :ref:`Python UTF-8 Mode <utf8-mode>` is enabled if the LC_CTYPE locale is
135``C`` or ``POSIX`` at Python startup (see the :c:func:`PyConfig_Read`
136function).
137
138It can be enabled or disabled using the :option:`-X utf8 <-X>` command line
139option and the :envvar:`PYTHONUTF8` environment variable.
140
141If the :envvar:`PYTHONUTF8` environment variable is not set at all, then the
142interpreter defaults to using the current locale settings, *unless* the current
143locale is identified as a legacy ASCII-based locale (as described for
144:envvar:`PYTHONCOERCECLOCALE`), and locale coercion is either disabled or
145fails. In such legacy locales, the interpreter will default to enabling UTF-8
146mode unless explicitly instructed not to do so.
147
148The Python UTF-8 Mode can only be enabled at the Python startup. Its value
149can be read from :data:`sys.flags.utf8_mode <sys.flags>`.
150
151See also the :ref:`UTF-8 mode on Windows <win-utf8-mode>`
152and the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000153
154
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000155.. _os-procinfo:
156
157Process Parameters
158------------------
159
160These functions and data items provide information and operate on the current
161process and user.
162
163
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200164.. function:: ctermid()
165
166 Return the filename corresponding to the controlling terminal of the process.
167
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400168 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200169
170
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000171.. data:: environ
172
Chris Jerdonek11f3f172012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700173 A :term:`mapping` object representing the string environment. For example,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000174 ``environ['HOME']`` is the pathname of your home directory (on some platforms),
175 and is equivalent to ``getenv("HOME")`` in C.
176
177 This mapping is captured the first time the :mod:`os` module is imported,
178 typically during Python startup as part of processing :file:`site.py`. Changes
179 to the environment made after this time are not reflected in ``os.environ``,
180 except for changes made by modifying ``os.environ`` directly.
181
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100182 This mapping may be used to modify the environment as well as query the
183 environment. :func:`putenv` will be called automatically when the mapping
184 is modified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000185
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000186 On Unix, keys and values use :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding` and
187 ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :data:`environb` if you would like
188 to use a different encoding.
189
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000190 .. note::
191
192 Calling :func:`putenv` directly does not change ``os.environ``, so it's better
193 to modify ``os.environ``.
194
195 .. note::
196
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000197 On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may
198 cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000199 :c:func:`putenv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000200
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100201 You can delete items in this mapping to unset environment variables.
202 :func:`unsetenv` will be called automatically when an item is deleted from
203 ``os.environ``, and when one of the :meth:`pop` or :meth:`clear` methods is
204 called.
Georg Brandl9afde1c2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000205
Charles Burklandd648ef12020-03-13 09:04:43 -0700206 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
207 Updated to support :pep:`584`'s merge (``|``) and update (``|=``) operators.
208
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000209
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000210.. data:: environb
211
Chris Jerdonek11f3f172012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700212 Bytes version of :data:`environ`: a :term:`mapping` object representing the
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000213 environment as byte strings. :data:`environ` and :data:`environb` are
214 synchronized (modify :data:`environb` updates :data:`environ`, and vice
215 versa).
216
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000217 :data:`environb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ` is
Serhiy Storchaka138ccbb2019-11-12 16:57:03 +0200218 ``True``.
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000219
Benjamin Peterson662c74f2010-05-06 22:09:03 +0000220 .. versionadded:: 3.2
221
Charles Burklandd648ef12020-03-13 09:04:43 -0700222 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
223 Updated to support :pep:`584`'s merge (``|``) and update (``|=``) operators.
224
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000225
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000226.. function:: chdir(path)
227 fchdir(fd)
228 getcwd()
229 :noindex:
230
231 These functions are described in :ref:`os-file-dir`.
232
233
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000234.. function:: fsencode(filename)
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000235
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100236 Encode :term:`path-like <path-like object>` *filename* to the
237 :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`; return :class:`bytes`
238 unchanged.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000239
Antoine Pitroua305ca72010-09-25 22:12:00 +0000240 :func:`fsdecode` is the reverse function.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000241
242 .. versionadded:: 3.2
243
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700244 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700245 Support added to accept objects implementing the :class:`os.PathLike`
246 interface.
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700247
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000248
249.. function:: fsdecode(filename)
250
Brett Cannonc28592b2016-06-24 12:21:47 -0700251 Decode the :term:`path-like <path-like object>` *filename* from the
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100252 :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`; return :class:`str`
253 unchanged.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000254
255 :func:`fsencode` is the reverse function.
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000256
257 .. versionadded:: 3.2
258
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700259 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700260 Support added to accept objects implementing the :class:`os.PathLike`
261 interface.
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700262
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000263
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700264.. function:: fspath(path)
265
Brett Cannon0fa1aa12016-06-09 14:37:06 -0700266 Return the file system representation of the path.
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700267
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700268 If :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` is passed in, it is returned unchanged.
269 Otherwise :meth:`~os.PathLike.__fspath__` is called and its value is
270 returned as long as it is a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object.
271 In all other cases, :exc:`TypeError` is raised.
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700272
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700273 .. versionadded:: 3.6
274
275
276.. class:: PathLike
277
278 An :term:`abstract base class` for objects representing a file system path,
279 e.g. :class:`pathlib.PurePath`.
280
Berker Peksagb18ffb42016-06-10 08:43:54 +0300281 .. versionadded:: 3.6
282
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700283 .. abstractmethod:: __fspath__()
284
285 Return the file system path representation of the object.
286
287 The method should only return a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object,
288 with the preference being for :class:`str`.
289
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700290
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200291.. function:: getenv(key, default=None)
292
293 Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or
294 *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are str.
295
296 On Unix, keys and values are decoded with :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`
297 and ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :func:`os.getenvb` if you
298 would like to use a different encoding.
299
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400300 .. availability:: most flavors of Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200301
302
303.. function:: getenvb(key, default=None)
304
305 Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or
306 *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are bytes.
307
Berker Peksag996e5f92016-09-26 22:44:07 +0300308 :func:`getenvb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ`
Serhiy Storchaka138ccbb2019-11-12 16:57:03 +0200309 is ``True``.
Berker Peksag996e5f92016-09-26 22:44:07 +0300310
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400311 .. availability:: most flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200312
313 .. versionadded:: 3.2
314
315
Gregory P. Smithb6e8c7e2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000316.. function:: get_exec_path(env=None)
317
318 Returns the list of directories that will be searched for a named
319 executable, similar to a shell, when launching a process.
320 *env*, when specified, should be an environment variable dictionary
321 to lookup the PATH in.
Serhiy Storchakaecf41da2016-10-19 16:29:26 +0300322 By default, when *env* is ``None``, :data:`environ` is used.
Gregory P. Smithb6e8c7e2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000323
324 .. versionadded:: 3.2
325
326
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000327.. function:: getegid()
328
329 Return the effective group id of the current process. This corresponds to the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000330 "set id" bit on the file being executed in the current process.
331
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400332 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000333
334
335.. function:: geteuid()
336
337 .. index:: single: user; effective id
338
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000339 Return the current process's effective user id.
340
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400341 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000342
343
344.. function:: getgid()
345
346 .. index:: single: process; group
347
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000348 Return the real group id of the current process.
349
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400350 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000351
352
Ross Lagerwallb0ae53d2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200353.. function:: getgrouplist(user, group)
354
355 Return list of group ids that *user* belongs to. If *group* is not in the
356 list, it is included; typically, *group* is specified as the group ID
357 field from the password record for *user*.
358
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400359 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwallb0ae53d2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200360
361 .. versionadded:: 3.3
362
363
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000364.. function:: getgroups()
365
366 Return list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000367
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400368 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000369
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700370 .. note::
371
372 On Mac OS X, :func:`getgroups` behavior differs somewhat from
Ned Deily2e209682012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700373 other Unix platforms. If the Python interpreter was built with a
374 deployment target of :const:`10.5` or earlier, :func:`getgroups` returns
375 the list of effective group ids associated with the current user process;
376 this list is limited to a system-defined number of entries, typically 16,
377 and may be modified by calls to :func:`setgroups` if suitably privileged.
378 If built with a deployment target greater than :const:`10.5`,
379 :func:`getgroups` returns the current group access list for the user
380 associated with the effective user id of the process; the group access
381 list may change over the lifetime of the process, it is not affected by
382 calls to :func:`setgroups`, and its length is not limited to 16. The
383 deployment target value, :const:`MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET`, can be
384 obtained with :func:`sysconfig.get_config_var`.
385
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000386
387.. function:: getlogin()
388
389 Return the name of the user logged in on the controlling terminal of the
Barry Warsawd4990312018-01-24 12:51:29 -0500390 process. For most purposes, it is more useful to use
391 :func:`getpass.getuser` since the latter checks the environment variables
392 :envvar:`LOGNAME` or :envvar:`USERNAME` to find out who the user is, and
393 falls back to ``pwd.getpwuid(os.getuid())[0]`` to get the login name of the
394 current real user id.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000395
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400396 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000397
398
399.. function:: getpgid(pid)
400
401 Return the process group id of the process with process id *pid*. If *pid* is 0,
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000402 the process group id of the current process is returned.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000403
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400404 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000405
406.. function:: getpgrp()
407
408 .. index:: single: process; group
409
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000410 Return the id of the current process group.
411
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400412 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000413
414
415.. function:: getpid()
416
417 .. index:: single: process; id
418
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000419 Return the current process id.
420
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000421
422.. function:: getppid()
423
424 .. index:: single: process; id of parent
425
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc4b6fdf32010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000426 Return the parent's process id. When the parent process has exited, on Unix
427 the id returned is the one of the init process (1), on Windows it is still
428 the same id, which may be already reused by another process.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000429
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400430 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000431
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc4b6fdf32010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000432 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
433 Added support for Windows.
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000434
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200435
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000436.. function:: getpriority(which, who)
437
438 .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority
439
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200440 Get program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000441 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who*
442 is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for
443 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200444 user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000445 (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process,
446 or the real user ID of the calling process.
447
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400448 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000449
450 .. versionadded:: 3.3
451
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200452
453.. data:: PRIO_PROCESS
454 PRIO_PGRP
455 PRIO_USER
456
457 Parameters for the :func:`getpriority` and :func:`setpriority` functions.
458
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400459 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200460
461 .. versionadded:: 3.3
462
463
Gregory P. Smithcf02c6a2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000464.. function:: getresuid()
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000465
466 Return a tuple (ruid, euid, suid) denoting the current process's
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000467 real, effective, and saved user ids.
468
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400469 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000470
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000471 .. versionadded:: 3.2
472
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000473
Gregory P. Smithcf02c6a2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000474.. function:: getresgid()
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000475
476 Return a tuple (rgid, egid, sgid) denoting the current process's
Georg Brandla9b51d22010-09-05 17:07:12 +0000477 real, effective, and saved group ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000478
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400479 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000480
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000481 .. versionadded:: 3.2
482
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000483
484.. function:: getuid()
485
486 .. index:: single: user; id
487
Benjamin Peterson4bb09c82014-06-07 13:50:34 -0700488 Return the current process's real user id.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000489
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400490 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000491
492
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200493.. function:: initgroups(username, gid)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000494
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200495 Call the system initgroups() to initialize the group access list with all of
496 the groups of which the specified username is a member, plus the specified
497 group id.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000498
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400499 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000500
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200501 .. versionadded:: 3.2
502
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000503
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000504.. function:: putenv(key, value)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000505
506 .. index:: single: environment variables; setting
507
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000508 Set the environment variable named *key* to the string *value*. Such
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000509 changes to the environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`,
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000510 :func:`popen` or :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`.
511
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100512 Assignments to items in ``os.environ`` are automatically translated into
513 corresponding calls to :func:`putenv`; however, calls to :func:`putenv`
514 don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually preferable to assign to items
515 of ``os.environ``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000516
517 .. note::
518
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000519 On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100520 cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for :c:func:`putenv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000521
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800522 .. audit-event:: os.putenv key,value os.putenv
523
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100524 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
525 The function is now always available.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000526
527
528.. function:: setegid(egid)
529
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000530 Set the current process's effective group id.
531
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400532 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000533
534
535.. function:: seteuid(euid)
536
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000537 Set the current process's effective user id.
538
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400539 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000540
541
542.. function:: setgid(gid)
543
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000544 Set the current process' group id.
545
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400546 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000547
548
549.. function:: setgroups(groups)
550
551 Set the list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process to
552 *groups*. *groups* must be a sequence, and each element must be an integer
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000553 identifying a group. This operation is typically available only to the superuser.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000554
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400555 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000556
Ned Deily2e209682012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700557 .. note:: On Mac OS X, the length of *groups* may not exceed the
558 system-defined maximum number of effective group ids, typically 16.
559 See the documentation for :func:`getgroups` for cases where it may not
560 return the same group list set by calling setgroups().
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000561
562.. function:: setpgrp()
563
Andrew Svetlova2fe3342012-08-11 21:14:08 +0300564 Call the system call :c:func:`setpgrp` or ``setpgrp(0, 0)`` depending on
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000565 which version is implemented (if any). See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000566
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400567 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000568
569
570.. function:: setpgid(pid, pgrp)
571
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000572 Call the system call :c:func:`setpgid` to set the process group id of the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000573 process with id *pid* to the process group with id *pgrp*. See the Unix manual
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000574 for the semantics.
575
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400576 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000577
578
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000579.. function:: setpriority(which, who, priority)
580
581 .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority
582
583 Set program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of
584 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who*
585 is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for
586 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a
587 user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes
588 (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process,
589 or the real user ID of the calling process.
590 *priority* is a value in the range -20 to 19. The default priority is 0;
591 lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling.
592
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400593 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000594
595 .. versionadded:: 3.3
596
597
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000598.. function:: setregid(rgid, egid)
599
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000600 Set the current process's real and effective group ids.
601
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400602 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000603
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000604
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000605.. function:: setresgid(rgid, egid, sgid)
606
607 Set the current process's real, effective, and saved group ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000608
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400609 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000610
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000611 .. versionadded:: 3.2
612
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000613
614.. function:: setresuid(ruid, euid, suid)
615
616 Set the current process's real, effective, and saved user ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000617
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400618 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000619
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000620 .. versionadded:: 3.2
621
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000622
623.. function:: setreuid(ruid, euid)
624
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000625 Set the current process's real and effective user ids.
626
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400627 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000628
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000629
630.. function:: getsid(pid)
631
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000632 Call the system call :c:func:`getsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000633
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400634 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000635
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000636
637.. function:: setsid()
638
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000639 Call the system call :c:func:`setsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000640
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400641 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000642
643
644.. function:: setuid(uid)
645
646 .. index:: single: user; id, setting
647
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000648 Set the current process's user id.
649
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400650 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000651
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000652
Christian Heimes5b5e81c2007-12-31 16:14:33 +0000653.. placed in this section since it relates to errno.... a little weak
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000654.. function:: strerror(code)
655
656 Return the error message corresponding to the error code in *code*.
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000657 On platforms where :c:func:`strerror` returns ``NULL`` when given an unknown
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000658 error number, :exc:`ValueError` is raised.
659
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000660
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000661.. data:: supports_bytes_environ
662
Serhiy Storchakafbc1c262013-11-29 12:17:13 +0200663 ``True`` if the native OS type of the environment is bytes (eg. ``False`` on
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000664 Windows).
665
Victor Stinner8fddc9e2010-05-18 17:24:09 +0000666 .. versionadded:: 3.2
667
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000668
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000669.. function:: umask(mask)
670
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000671 Set the current numeric umask and return the previous umask.
672
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000673
674.. function:: uname()
675
676 .. index::
677 single: gethostname() (in module socket)
678 single: gethostbyaddr() (in module socket)
679
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700680 Returns information identifying the current operating system.
681 The return value is an object with five attributes:
682
683 * :attr:`sysname` - operating system name
684 * :attr:`nodename` - name of machine on network (implementation-defined)
685 * :attr:`release` - operating system release
686 * :attr:`version` - operating system version
687 * :attr:`machine` - hardware identifier
688
689 For backwards compatibility, this object is also iterable, behaving
690 like a five-tuple containing :attr:`sysname`, :attr:`nodename`,
691 :attr:`release`, :attr:`version`, and :attr:`machine`
692 in that order.
693
694 Some systems truncate :attr:`nodename` to 8 characters or to the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000695 leading component; a better way to get the hostname is
696 :func:`socket.gethostname` or even
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000697 ``socket.gethostbyaddr(socket.gethostname())``.
698
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400699 .. availability:: recent flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000700
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700701 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
702 Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object
703 with named attributes.
704
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000705
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000706.. function:: unsetenv(key)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000707
708 .. index:: single: environment variables; deleting
709
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000710 Unset (delete) the environment variable named *key*. Such changes to the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000711 environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`, :func:`popen` or
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000712 :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000713
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100714 Deletion of items in ``os.environ`` is automatically translated into a
715 corresponding call to :func:`unsetenv`; however, calls to :func:`unsetenv`
716 don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually preferable to delete items of
717 ``os.environ``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000718
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800719 .. audit-event:: os.unsetenv key os.unsetenv
720
Victor Stinner161e7b32020-01-24 11:53:44 +0100721 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100722 The function is now always available and is also available on Windows.
Victor Stinner161e7b32020-01-24 11:53:44 +0100723
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000724
725.. _os-newstreams:
726
727File Object Creation
728--------------------
729
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700730These functions create new :term:`file objects <file object>`. (See also
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200731:func:`~os.open` for opening file descriptors.)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000732
733
Petri Lehtinen1a01ebc2012-05-24 21:44:07 +0300734.. function:: fdopen(fd, *args, **kwargs)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000735
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200736 Return an open file object connected to the file descriptor *fd*. This is an
737 alias of the :func:`open` built-in function and accepts the same arguments.
738 The only difference is that the first argument of :func:`fdopen` must always
739 be an integer.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000740
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000741
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000742.. _os-fd-ops:
743
744File Descriptor Operations
745--------------------------
746
747These functions operate on I/O streams referenced using file descriptors.
748
749File descriptors are small integers corresponding to a file that has been opened
750by the current process. For example, standard input is usually file descriptor
7510, standard output is 1, and standard error is 2. Further files opened by a
752process will then be assigned 3, 4, 5, and so forth. The name "file descriptor"
753is slightly deceptive; on Unix platforms, sockets and pipes are also referenced
754by file descriptors.
755
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300756The :meth:`~io.IOBase.fileno` method can be used to obtain the file descriptor
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000757associated with a :term:`file object` when required. Note that using the file
Benjamin Peterson08bf91c2010-04-11 16:12:57 +0000758descriptor directly will bypass the file object methods, ignoring aspects such
759as internal buffering of data.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000760
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000761
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000762.. function:: close(fd)
763
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000764 Close file descriptor *fd*.
765
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000766 .. note::
767
768 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000769 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To close a "file
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000770 object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300771 :func:`fdopen`, use its :meth:`~io.IOBase.close` method.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000772
773
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000774.. function:: closerange(fd_low, fd_high)
775
776 Close all file descriptors from *fd_low* (inclusive) to *fd_high* (exclusive),
Georg Brandlb1a1ac02012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200777 ignoring errors. Equivalent to (but much faster than)::
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000778
Georg Brandlc9a5a0e2009-09-01 07:34:27 +0000779 for fd in range(fd_low, fd_high):
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000780 try:
781 os.close(fd)
782 except OSError:
783 pass
784
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000785
Pablo Galindoaac4d032019-05-31 19:39:47 +0100786.. function:: copy_file_range(src, dst, count, offset_src=None, offset_dst=None)
787
788 Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *src*, starting from offset
789 *offset_src*, to file descriptor *dst*, starting from offset *offset_dst*.
790 If *offset_src* is None, then *src* is read from the current position;
791 respectively for *offset_dst*. The files pointed by *src* and *dst*
792 must reside in the same filesystem, otherwise an :exc:`OSError` is
793 raised with :attr:`~OSError.errno` set to :data:`errno.EXDEV`.
794
795 This copy is done without the additional cost of transferring data
796 from the kernel to user space and then back into the kernel. Additionally,
797 some filesystems could implement extra optimizations. The copy is done as if
798 both files are opened as binary.
799
800 The return value is the amount of bytes copied. This could be less than the
801 amount requested.
802
803 .. availability:: Linux kernel >= 4.5 or glibc >= 2.27.
804
805 .. versionadded:: 3.8
806
807
Georg Brandl81f11302007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000808.. function:: device_encoding(fd)
809
810 Return a string describing the encoding of the device associated with *fd*
811 if it is connected to a terminal; else return :const:`None`.
812
Victor Stinner35297182020-11-04 11:20:10 +0100813 On Unix, if the :ref:`Python UTF-8 Mode <utf8-mode>` is enabled, return
814 ``'UTF-8'`` rather than the device encoding.
815
816 .. versionchanged:: 3.10
817 On Unix, the function now implements the Python UTF-8 Mode.
818
Georg Brandl81f11302007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000819
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000820.. function:: dup(fd)
821
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200822 Return a duplicate of file descriptor *fd*. The new file descriptor is
823 :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
824
825 On Windows, when duplicating a standard stream (0: stdin, 1: stdout,
826 2: stderr), the new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable
827 <fd_inheritance>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000828
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200829 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
830 The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000831
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200832
833.. function:: dup2(fd, fd2, inheritable=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000834
Benjamin Petersonbbdb17d2017-12-29 13:13:06 -0800835 Duplicate file descriptor *fd* to *fd2*, closing the latter first if
836 necessary. Return *fd2*. The new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable
837 <fd_inheritance>` by default or non-inheritable if *inheritable*
838 is ``False``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000839
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200840 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
841 Add the optional *inheritable* parameter.
842
Benjamin Petersonbbdb17d2017-12-29 13:13:06 -0800843 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
844 Return *fd2* on success. Previously, ``None`` was always returned.
845
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000846
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000847.. function:: fchmod(fd, mode)
848
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200849 Change the mode of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *mode*. See the
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200850 docs for :func:`chmod` for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200851 is equivalent to ``os.chmod(fd, mode)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000852
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800853 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.fchmod
854
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400855 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000856
857
858.. function:: fchown(fd, uid, gid)
859
860 Change the owner and group id of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *uid*
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200861 and *gid*. To leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. See
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200862 :func:`chown`. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chown(fd, uid,
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200863 gid)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000864
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800865 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.fchown
866
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400867 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000868
869
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000870.. function:: fdatasync(fd)
871
872 Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. Does not force update of
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000873 metadata.
874
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400875 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000876
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000877 .. note::
878 This function is not available on MacOS.
879
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000880
881.. function:: fpathconf(fd, name)
882
883 Return system configuration information relevant to an open file. *name*
884 specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the
885 name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of
886 standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define
887 additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are
888 given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not
889 included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000890
891 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
892 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
893 included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
894 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
895
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200896 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.pathconf(fd, name)``.
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200897
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400898 .. availability:: Unix.
Senthil Kumaran2a97cee2013-09-19 00:08:56 -0700899
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000900
Victor Stinner4195b5c2012-02-08 23:03:19 +0100901.. function:: fstat(fd)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000902
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200903 Get the status of the file descriptor *fd*. Return a :class:`stat_result`
904 object.
905
906 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(fd)``.
907
908 .. seealso::
909
Berker Peksag2034caa2015-04-27 13:53:28 +0300910 The :func:`.stat` function.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000911
Georg Brandlb1a1ac02012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200912
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000913.. function:: fstatvfs(fd)
914
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200915 Return information about the filesystem containing the file associated with
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200916 file descriptor *fd*, like :func:`statvfs`. As of Python 3.3, this is
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200917 equivalent to ``os.statvfs(fd)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000918
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400919 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000920
921
922.. function:: fsync(fd)
923
924 Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. On Unix, this calls the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000925 native :c:func:`fsync` function; on Windows, the MS :c:func:`_commit` function.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000926
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000927 If you're starting with a buffered Python :term:`file object` *f*, first do
928 ``f.flush()``, and then do ``os.fsync(f.fileno())``, to ensure that all internal
929 buffers associated with *f* are written to disk.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000930
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400931 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000932
933
934.. function:: ftruncate(fd, length)
935
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200936 Truncate the file corresponding to file descriptor *fd*, so that it is at
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200937 most *length* bytes in size. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200938 ``os.truncate(fd, length)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000939
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -0700940 .. audit-event:: os.truncate fd,length os.ftruncate
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700941
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400942 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000943
Steve Dowerfe0a41a2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700944 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
945 Added support for Windows
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000946
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700947
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200948.. function:: get_blocking(fd)
949
950 Get the blocking mode of the file descriptor: ``False`` if the
951 :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag is set, ``True`` if the flag is cleared.
952
953 See also :func:`set_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
954
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400955 .. availability:: Unix.
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200956
957 .. versionadded:: 3.5
958
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700959
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000960.. function:: isatty(fd)
961
962 Return ``True`` if the file descriptor *fd* is open and connected to a
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000963 tty(-like) device, else ``False``.
964
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000965
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200966.. function:: lockf(fd, cmd, len)
967
968 Apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file descriptor.
969 *fd* is an open file descriptor.
970 *cmd* specifies the command to use - one of :data:`F_LOCK`, :data:`F_TLOCK`,
971 :data:`F_ULOCK` or :data:`F_TEST`.
972 *len* specifies the section of the file to lock.
973
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800974 .. audit-event:: os.lockf fd,cmd,len os.lockf
975
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400976 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200977
978 .. versionadded:: 3.3
979
980
981.. data:: F_LOCK
982 F_TLOCK
983 F_ULOCK
984 F_TEST
985
986 Flags that specify what action :func:`lockf` will take.
987
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400988 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200989
990 .. versionadded:: 3.3
991
Georg Brandlf62445a2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200992
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000993.. function:: lseek(fd, pos, how)
994
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000995 Set the current position of file descriptor *fd* to position *pos*, modified
996 by *how*: :const:`SEEK_SET` or ``0`` to set the position relative to the
997 beginning of the file; :const:`SEEK_CUR` or ``1`` to set it relative to the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300998 current position; :const:`SEEK_END` or ``2`` to set it relative to the end of
Victor Stinnere83f8992011-12-17 23:15:09 +0100999 the file. Return the new cursor position in bytes, starting from the beginning.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001000
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001001
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001002.. data:: SEEK_SET
1003 SEEK_CUR
1004 SEEK_END
1005
1006 Parameters to the :func:`lseek` function. Their values are 0, 1, and 2,
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02001007 respectively.
1008
Jesus Cea94363612012-06-22 18:32:07 +02001009 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1010 Some operating systems could support additional values, like
1011 :data:`os.SEEK_HOLE` or :data:`os.SEEK_DATA`.
1012
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001013
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00001014.. function:: open(path, flags, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001015
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00001016 Open the file *path* and set various flags according to *flags* and possibly
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001017 its mode according to *mode*. When computing *mode*, the current umask value
1018 is first masked out. Return the file descriptor for the newly opened file.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001019 The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001020
1021 For a description of the flag and mode values, see the C run-time documentation;
1022 flag constants (like :const:`O_RDONLY` and :const:`O_WRONLY`) are defined in
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001023 the :mod:`os` module. In particular, on Windows adding
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001024 :const:`O_BINARY` is needed to open files in binary mode.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001025
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001026 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001027 <dir_fd>` with the *dir_fd* parameter.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001028
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07001029 .. audit-event:: open path,mode,flags os.open
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07001030
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001031 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1032 The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable.
1033
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001034 .. note::
1035
Georg Brandl502d9a52009-07-26 15:02:41 +00001036 This function is intended for low-level I/O. For normal usage, use the
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +00001037 built-in function :func:`open`, which returns a :term:`file object` with
Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven9c558bcf2010-07-13 14:47:01 +00001038 :meth:`~file.read` and :meth:`~file.write` methods (and many more). To
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +00001039 wrap a file descriptor in a file object, use :func:`fdopen`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001040
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001041 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001042 The *dir_fd* argument.
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001043
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001044 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001045 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001046 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1047 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1048
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001049 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1050 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1051
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001052The following constants are options for the *flags* parameter to the
1053:func:`~os.open` function. They can be combined using the bitwise OR operator
1054``|``. Some of them are not available on all platforms. For descriptions of
1055their availability and use, consult the :manpage:`open(2)` manual page on Unix
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01001056or `the MSDN <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001057
1058
1059.. data:: O_RDONLY
1060 O_WRONLY
1061 O_RDWR
1062 O_APPEND
1063 O_CREAT
1064 O_EXCL
1065 O_TRUNC
1066
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001067 The above constants are available on Unix and Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001068
1069
1070.. data:: O_DSYNC
1071 O_RSYNC
1072 O_SYNC
1073 O_NDELAY
1074 O_NONBLOCK
1075 O_NOCTTY
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001076 O_CLOEXEC
1077
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001078 The above constants are only available on Unix.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001079
1080 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1081 Add :data:`O_CLOEXEC` constant.
1082
1083.. data:: O_BINARY
1084 O_NOINHERIT
1085 O_SHORT_LIVED
1086 O_TEMPORARY
1087 O_RANDOM
1088 O_SEQUENTIAL
1089 O_TEXT
1090
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001091 The above constants are only available on Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001092
1093
1094.. data:: O_ASYNC
1095 O_DIRECT
1096 O_DIRECTORY
1097 O_NOFOLLOW
1098 O_NOATIME
1099 O_PATH
Christian Heimes177b3f92013-08-16 14:35:09 +02001100 O_TMPFILE
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001101 O_SHLOCK
1102 O_EXLOCK
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001103
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001104 The above constants are extensions and not present if they are not defined by
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001105 the C library.
1106
Christian Heimesd88f7352013-08-16 14:37:50 +02001107 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -07001108 Add :data:`O_PATH` on systems that support it.
1109 Add :data:`O_TMPFILE`, only available on Linux Kernel 3.11
1110 or newer.
Christian Heimesd88f7352013-08-16 14:37:50 +02001111
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001112
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001113.. function:: openpty()
1114
1115 .. index:: module: pty
1116
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001117 Open a new pseudo-terminal pair. Return a pair of file descriptors
1118 ``(master, slave)`` for the pty and the tty, respectively. The new file
1119 descriptors are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. For a (slightly) more
1120 portable approach, use the :mod:`pty` module.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001121
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001122 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001123
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001124 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1125 The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable.
1126
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001127
1128.. function:: pipe()
1129
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001130 Create a pipe. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for
Victor Stinner05f31bf2013-11-06 01:48:45 +01001131 reading and writing, respectively. The new file descriptor is
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001132 :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001133
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001134 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001135
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001136 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1137 The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable.
1138
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001139
Charles-François Natali368f34b2011-06-06 19:49:47 +02001140.. function:: pipe2(flags)
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001141
1142 Create a pipe with *flags* set atomically.
Charles-François Natali368f34b2011-06-06 19:49:47 +02001143 *flags* can be constructed by ORing together one or more of these values:
1144 :data:`O_NONBLOCK`, :data:`O_CLOEXEC`.
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001145 Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for reading and writing,
1146 respectively.
1147
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001148 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001149
1150 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1151
1152
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001153.. function:: posix_fallocate(fd, offset, len)
1154
1155 Ensures that enough disk space is allocated for the file specified by *fd*
1156 starting from *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes.
1157
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001158 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001159
1160 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1161
1162
1163.. function:: posix_fadvise(fd, offset, len, advice)
1164
1165 Announces an intention to access data in a specific pattern thus allowing
1166 the kernel to make optimizations.
1167 The advice applies to the region of the file specified by *fd* starting at
1168 *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes.
1169 *advice* is one of :data:`POSIX_FADV_NORMAL`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL`,
1170 :data:`POSIX_FADV_RANDOM`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE`,
1171 :data:`POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED` or :data:`POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED`.
1172
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001173 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001174
1175 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1176
1177
1178.. data:: POSIX_FADV_NORMAL
1179 POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL
1180 POSIX_FADV_RANDOM
1181 POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE
1182 POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED
1183 POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED
1184
1185 Flags that can be used in *advice* in :func:`posix_fadvise` that specify
1186 the access pattern that is likely to be used.
1187
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001188 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001189
1190 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1191
1192
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001193.. function:: pread(fd, n, offset)
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001194
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001195 Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd* at a position of *offset*,
1196 leaving the file offset unchanged.
1197
1198 Return a bytestring containing the bytes read. If the end of the file
1199 referred to by *fd* has been reached, an empty bytes object is returned.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001200
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001201 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001202
1203 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1204
1205
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001206.. function:: preadv(fd, buffers, offset, flags=0)
1207
1208 Read from a file descriptor *fd* at a position of *offset* into mutable
1209 :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*, leaving the file
1210 offset unchanged. Transfer data into each buffer until it is full and then
1211 move on to the next buffer in the sequence to hold the rest of the data.
1212
1213 The flags argument contains a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following
1214 flags:
1215
1216 - :data:`RWF_HIPRI`
1217 - :data:`RWF_NOWAIT`
1218
1219 Return the total number of bytes actually read which can be less than the
1220 total capacity of all the objects.
1221
1222 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1223 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
1224
1225 Combine the functionality of :func:`os.readv` and :func:`os.pread`.
1226
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001227 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 and newer, FreeBSD 6.0 and newer,
Batuhan Taskayacae22752020-05-17 01:36:40 +03001228 OpenBSD 2.7 and newer, AIX 7.1 and newer. Using flags requires
1229 Linux 4.6 or newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001230
1231 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1232
1233
1234.. data:: RWF_NOWAIT
1235
1236 Do not wait for data which is not immediately available. If this flag is
1237 specified, the system call will return instantly if it would have to read
1238 data from the backing storage or wait for a lock.
1239
1240 If some data was successfully read, it will return the number of bytes read.
1241 If no bytes were read, it will return ``-1`` and set errno to
1242 :data:`errno.EAGAIN`.
1243
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001244 .. availability:: Linux 4.14 and newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001245
1246 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1247
1248
1249.. data:: RWF_HIPRI
1250
1251 High priority read/write. Allows block-based filesystems to use polling
1252 of the device, which provides lower latency, but may use additional
1253 resources.
1254
1255 Currently, on Linux, this feature is usable only on a file descriptor opened
1256 using the :data:`O_DIRECT` flag.
1257
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001258 .. availability:: Linux 4.6 and newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001259
1260 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1261
1262
Jesus Cea67503c52014-10-20 16:18:24 +02001263.. function:: pwrite(fd, str, offset)
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001264
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001265 Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd* at position of
1266 *offset*, leaving the file offset unchanged.
1267
1268 Return the number of bytes actually written.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001269
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001270 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001271
1272 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1273
1274
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001275.. function:: pwritev(fd, buffers, offset, flags=0)
1276
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001277 Write the *buffers* contents to file descriptor *fd* at a offset *offset*,
1278 leaving the file offset unchanged. *buffers* must be a sequence of
1279 :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are processed in
1280 array order. Entire contents of the first buffer is written before
1281 proceeding to the second, and so on.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001282
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001283 The flags argument contains a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001284 flags:
1285
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001286 - :data:`RWF_DSYNC`
1287 - :data:`RWF_SYNC`
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001288 - :data:`RWF_APPEND`
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001289
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001290 Return the total number of bytes actually written.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001291
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001292 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1293 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
1294
1295 Combine the functionality of :func:`os.writev` and :func:`os.pwrite`.
1296
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001297 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 and newer, FreeBSD 6.0 and newer,
Batuhan Taskayacae22752020-05-17 01:36:40 +03001298 OpenBSD 2.7 and newer, AIX 7.1 and newer. Using flags requires
1299 Linux 4.7 or newer.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001300
1301 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1302
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001303
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001304.. data:: RWF_DSYNC
1305
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001306 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_DSYNC` :func:`os.open` flag.
1307 This flag effect applies only to the data range written by the system call.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001308
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001309 .. availability:: Linux 4.7 and newer.
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001310
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001311 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1312
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001313
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001314.. data:: RWF_SYNC
1315
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001316 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_SYNC` :func:`os.open` flag.
1317 This flag effect applies only to the data range written by the system call.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001318
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001319 .. availability:: Linux 4.7 and newer.
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001320
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001321 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1322
1323
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001324.. data:: RWF_APPEND
1325
1326 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_APPEND` :func:`os.open`
1327 flag. This flag is meaningful only for :func:`os.pwritev`, and its
1328 effect applies only to the data range written by the system call. The
1329 *offset* argument does not affect the write operation; the data is always
1330 appended to the end of the file. However, if the *offset* argument is
1331 ``-1``, the current file *offset* is updated.
1332
1333 .. availability:: Linux 4.16 and newer.
1334
1335 .. versionadded:: 3.10
1336
1337
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001338.. function:: read(fd, n)
1339
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001340 Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd*.
1341
1342 Return a bytestring containing the bytes read. If the end of the file
1343 referred to by *fd* has been reached, an empty bytes object is returned.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001344
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001345 .. note::
1346
1347 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +02001348 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To read a
1349 "file object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by
1350 :func:`popen` or :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdin`, use its
1351 :meth:`~file.read` or :meth:`~file.readline` methods.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001352
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001353 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001354 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001355 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1356 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1357
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001358
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001359.. function:: sendfile(out_fd, in_fd, offset, count)
Serhiy Storchaka2b560312020-04-18 19:14:10 +03001360 sendfile(out_fd, in_fd, offset, count, headers=(), trailers=(), flags=0)
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001361
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001362 Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *in_fd* to file descriptor *out_fd*
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001363 starting at *offset*.
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001364 Return the number of bytes sent. When EOF is reached return ``0``.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001365
1366 The first function notation is supported by all platforms that define
1367 :func:`sendfile`.
1368
1369 On Linux, if *offset* is given as ``None``, the bytes are read from the
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001370 current position of *in_fd* and the position of *in_fd* is updated.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001371
1372 The second case may be used on Mac OS X and FreeBSD where *headers* and
1373 *trailers* are arbitrary sequences of buffers that are written before and
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001374 after the data from *in_fd* is written. It returns the same as the first case.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001375
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001376 On Mac OS X and FreeBSD, a value of ``0`` for *count* specifies to send until
1377 the end of *in_fd* is reached.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001378
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001379 All platforms support sockets as *out_fd* file descriptor, and some platforms
Charles-Francois Natalia771a1b2013-05-01 15:12:20 +02001380 allow other types (e.g. regular file, pipe) as well.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001381
Giampaolo Rodola'409569b2014-04-24 18:09:21 +02001382 Cross-platform applications should not use *headers*, *trailers* and *flags*
1383 arguments.
1384
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001385 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001386
Giampaolo Rodola'915d1412014-06-11 03:54:30 +02001387 .. note::
1388
Benjamin Peterson0ce95372014-06-15 18:30:27 -07001389 For a higher-level wrapper of :func:`sendfile`, see
Martin Panter3133a9f2015-09-11 23:44:18 +00001390 :meth:`socket.socket.sendfile`.
Giampaolo Rodola'915d1412014-06-11 03:54:30 +02001391
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001392 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1393
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001394 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
1395 Parameters *out* and *in* was renamed to *out_fd* and *in_fd*.
1396
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001397
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +02001398.. function:: set_blocking(fd, blocking)
1399
1400 Set the blocking mode of the specified file descriptor. Set the
1401 :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag if blocking is ``False``, clear the flag otherwise.
1402
1403 See also :func:`get_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
1404
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001405 .. availability:: Unix.
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +02001406
1407 .. versionadded:: 3.5
1408
1409
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001410.. data:: SF_NODISKIO
1411 SF_MNOWAIT
1412 SF_SYNC
1413
1414 Parameters to the :func:`sendfile` function, if the implementation supports
1415 them.
1416
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001417 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001418
1419 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1420
1421
Pablo Galindoa57b3d32020-11-17 00:00:38 +00001422.. function:: splice(src, dst, count, offset_src=None, offset_dst=None)
1423
1424 Transfer *count* bytes from file descriptor *src*, starting from offset
1425 *offset_src*, to file descriptor *dst*, starting from offset *offset_dst*.
1426 At least one of the file descriptors must refer to a pipe. If *offset_src*
1427 is None, then *src* is read from the current position; respectively for
1428 *offset_dst*. The offset associated to the file descriptor that refers to a
1429 pipe must be ``None``. The files pointed by *src* and *dst* must reside in
1430 the same filesystem, otherwise an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
1431 :attr:`~OSError.errno` set to :data:`errno.EXDEV`.
1432
1433 This copy is done without the additional cost of transferring data
1434 from the kernel to user space and then back into the kernel. Additionally,
1435 some filesystems could implement extra optimizations. The copy is done as if
1436 both files are opened as binary.
1437
1438 Upon successful completion, returns the number of bytes spliced to or from
1439 the pipe. A return value of 0 means end of input. If *src* refers to a
1440 pipe, then this means that there was no data to transfer, and it would not
1441 make sense to block because there are no writers connected to the write end
1442 of the pipe.
1443
1444 .. availability:: Linux kernel >= 2.6.17 or glibc >= 2.5
1445
1446 .. versionadded:: 3.10
1447
1448
1449.. data:: SPLICE_F_MOVE
1450 SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK
1451 SPLICE_F_MORE
1452
1453
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001454.. function:: readv(fd, buffers)
1455
Benjamin Petersone83ed432014-01-18 22:54:59 -05001456 Read from a file descriptor *fd* into a number of mutable :term:`bytes-like
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001457 objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*. Transfer data into each buffer until
1458 it is full and then move on to the next buffer in the sequence to hold the
1459 rest of the data.
1460
1461 Return the total number of bytes actually read which can be less than the
1462 total capacity of all the objects.
1463
1464 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1465 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001466
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001467 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001468
1469 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1470
1471
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001472.. function:: tcgetpgrp(fd)
1473
1474 Return the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001475 file descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`).
1476
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001477 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001478
1479
1480.. function:: tcsetpgrp(fd, pg)
1481
1482 Set the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open file
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001483 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`) to *pg*.
1484
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001485 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001486
1487
1488.. function:: ttyname(fd)
1489
1490 Return a string which specifies the terminal device associated with
Georg Brandl9afde1c2007-11-01 20:32:30 +00001491 file descriptor *fd*. If *fd* is not associated with a terminal device, an
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001492 exception is raised.
1493
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001494 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001495
1496
1497.. function:: write(fd, str)
1498
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001499 Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd*.
1500
1501 Return the number of bytes actually written.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001502
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001503 .. note::
1504
1505 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +00001506 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To write a "file
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001507 object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +00001508 :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdout` or :data:`sys.stderr`, use its
1509 :meth:`~file.write` method.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001510
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001511 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001512 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001513 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1514 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1515
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001516
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001517.. function:: writev(fd, buffers)
1518
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001519 Write the contents of *buffers* to file descriptor *fd*. *buffers* must be
1520 a sequence of :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are
1521 processed in array order. Entire contents of the first buffer is written
1522 before proceeding to the second, and so on.
Senthil Kumarand37de3c2016-06-18 11:21:50 -07001523
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001524 Returns the total number of bytes actually written.
1525
1526 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1527 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001528
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001529 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001530
1531 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1532
1533
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001534.. _terminal-size:
1535
1536Querying the size of a terminal
1537~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1538
1539.. versionadded:: 3.3
1540
1541.. function:: get_terminal_size(fd=STDOUT_FILENO)
1542
1543 Return the size of the terminal window as ``(columns, lines)``,
1544 tuple of type :class:`terminal_size`.
1545
1546 The optional argument ``fd`` (default ``STDOUT_FILENO``, or standard
1547 output) specifies which file descriptor should be queried.
1548
1549 If the file descriptor is not connected to a terminal, an :exc:`OSError`
Andrew Svetlov5b898402012-12-18 21:26:36 +02001550 is raised.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001551
1552 :func:`shutil.get_terminal_size` is the high-level function which
1553 should normally be used, ``os.get_terminal_size`` is the low-level
1554 implementation.
1555
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001556 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001557
Georg Brandl6cff9ff2012-06-24 14:05:40 +02001558.. class:: terminal_size
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001559
Georg Brandl6cff9ff2012-06-24 14:05:40 +02001560 A subclass of tuple, holding ``(columns, lines)`` of the terminal window size.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001561
1562 .. attribute:: columns
1563
1564 Width of the terminal window in characters.
1565
1566 .. attribute:: lines
1567
1568 Height of the terminal window in characters.
1569
1570
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001571.. _fd_inheritance:
1572
1573Inheritance of File Descriptors
1574~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1575
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001576.. versionadded:: 3.4
1577
1578A file descriptor has an "inheritable" flag which indicates if the file descriptor
1579can be inherited by child processes. Since Python 3.4, file descriptors
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001580created by Python are non-inheritable by default.
1581
1582On UNIX, non-inheritable file descriptors are closed in child processes at the
1583execution of a new program, other file descriptors are inherited.
1584
1585On Windows, non-inheritable handles and file descriptors are closed in child
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001586processes, except for standard streams (file descriptors 0, 1 and 2: stdin, stdout
Serhiy Storchaka690a6a92013-10-13 20:13:37 +03001587and stderr), which are always inherited. Using :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions,
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001588all inheritable handles and all inheritable file descriptors are inherited.
1589Using the :mod:`subprocess` module, all file descriptors except standard
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001590streams are closed, and inheritable handles are only inherited if the
1591*close_fds* parameter is ``False``.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001592
1593.. function:: get_inheritable(fd)
1594
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001595 Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor (a boolean).
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001596
1597.. function:: set_inheritable(fd, inheritable)
1598
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001599 Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001600
1601.. function:: get_handle_inheritable(handle)
1602
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001603 Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle (a boolean).
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001604
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001605 .. availability:: Windows.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001606
1607.. function:: set_handle_inheritable(handle, inheritable)
1608
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001609 Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001610
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001611 .. availability:: Windows.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001612
1613
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001614.. _os-file-dir:
1615
1616Files and Directories
1617---------------------
1618
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001619On some Unix platforms, many of these functions support one or more of these
1620features:
1621
1622.. _path_fd:
1623
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001624* **specifying a file descriptor:**
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001625 Normally the *path* argument provided to functions in the :mod:`os` module
1626 must be a string specifying a file path. However, some functions now
1627 alternatively accept an open file descriptor for their *path* argument.
1628 The function will then operate on the file referred to by the descriptor.
1629 (For POSIX systems, Python will call the variant of the function prefixed
1630 with ``f`` (e.g. call ``fchdir`` instead of ``chdir``).)
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001631
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001632 You can check whether or not *path* can be specified as a file descriptor
1633 for a particular function on your platform using :data:`os.supports_fd`.
1634 If this functionality is unavailable, using it will raise a
1635 :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001636
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001637 If the function also supports *dir_fd* or *follow_symlinks* arguments, it's
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001638 an error to specify one of those when supplying *path* as a file descriptor.
1639
1640.. _dir_fd:
1641
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001642* **paths relative to directory descriptors:** If *dir_fd* is not ``None``, it
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001643 should be a file descriptor referring to a directory, and the path to operate
1644 on should be relative; path will then be relative to that directory. If the
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02001645 path is absolute, *dir_fd* is ignored. (For POSIX systems, Python will call
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001646 the variant of the function with an ``at`` suffix and possibly prefixed with
1647 ``f`` (e.g. call ``faccessat`` instead of ``access``).
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001648
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001649 You can check whether or not *dir_fd* is supported for a particular function
1650 on your platform using :data:`os.supports_dir_fd`. If it's unavailable,
1651 using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001652
1653.. _follow_symlinks:
1654
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001655* **not following symlinks:** If *follow_symlinks* is
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001656 ``False``, and the last element of the path to operate on is a symbolic link,
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001657 the function will operate on the symbolic link itself rather than the file
1658 pointed to by the link. (For POSIX systems, Python will call the ``l...``
1659 variant of the function.)
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001660
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001661 You can check whether or not *follow_symlinks* is supported for a particular
1662 function on your platform using :data:`os.supports_follow_symlinks`.
1663 If it's unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001664
1665
1666
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001667.. function:: access(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, effective_ids=False, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001668
1669 Use the real uid/gid to test for access to *path*. Note that most operations
1670 will use the effective uid/gid, therefore this routine can be used in a
1671 suid/sgid environment to test if the invoking user has the specified access to
1672 *path*. *mode* should be :const:`F_OK` to test the existence of *path*, or it
1673 can be the inclusive OR of one or more of :const:`R_OK`, :const:`W_OK`, and
1674 :const:`X_OK` to test permissions. Return :const:`True` if access is allowed,
1675 :const:`False` if not. See the Unix man page :manpage:`access(2)` for more
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001676 information.
1677
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001678 This function can support specifying :ref:`paths relative to directory
1679 descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001680
1681 If *effective_ids* is ``True``, :func:`access` will perform its access
1682 checks using the effective uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid.
1683 *effective_ids* may not be supported on your platform; you can check whether
1684 or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_effective_ids`. If it is
1685 unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
1686
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001687 .. note::
1688
Georg Brandl502d9a52009-07-26 15:02:41 +00001689 Using :func:`access` to check if a user is authorized to e.g. open a file
1690 before actually doing so using :func:`open` creates a security hole,
1691 because the user might exploit the short time interval between checking
Benjamin Peterson249b5082011-05-20 11:41:13 -05001692 and opening the file to manipulate it. It's preferable to use :term:`EAFP`
1693 techniques. For example::
1694
1695 if os.access("myfile", os.R_OK):
1696 with open("myfile") as fp:
1697 return fp.read()
1698 return "some default data"
1699
1700 is better written as::
1701
1702 try:
1703 fp = open("myfile")
Antoine Pitrou62ab10a02011-10-12 20:10:51 +02001704 except PermissionError:
1705 return "some default data"
Benjamin Peterson249b5082011-05-20 11:41:13 -05001706 else:
1707 with fp:
1708 return fp.read()
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001709
1710 .. note::
1711
1712 I/O operations may fail even when :func:`access` indicates that they would
1713 succeed, particularly for operations on network filesystems which may have
1714 permissions semantics beyond the usual POSIX permission-bit model.
1715
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001716 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1717 Added the *dir_fd*, *effective_ids*, and *follow_symlinks* parameters.
1718
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001719 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1720 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1721
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001722
1723.. data:: F_OK
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001724 R_OK
1725 W_OK
1726 X_OK
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001727
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001728 Values to pass as the *mode* parameter of :func:`access` to test the
1729 existence, readability, writability and executability of *path*,
1730 respectively.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001731
1732
1733.. function:: chdir(path)
1734
1735 .. index:: single: directory; changing
1736
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001737 Change the current working directory to *path*.
1738
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001739 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. The
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001740 descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an open file.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001741
Terry Jan Reedya9b40e42019-07-06 22:44:01 -04001742 This function can raise :exc:`OSError` and subclasses such as
Kyle Stanley0717b4d2019-07-06 21:20:15 -04001743 :exc:`FileNotFoundError`, :exc:`PermissionError`, and :exc:`NotADirectoryError`.
1744
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001745 .. audit-event:: os.chdir path os.chdir
1746
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001747 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1748 Added support for specifying *path* as a file descriptor
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001749 on some platforms.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001750
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001751 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1752 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1753
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001754
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001755.. function:: chflags(path, flags, *, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001756
1757 Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*. *flags* may take a combination
1758 (bitwise OR) of the following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module):
1759
R David Murray30178062011-03-10 17:18:33 -05001760 * :data:`stat.UF_NODUMP`
1761 * :data:`stat.UF_IMMUTABLE`
1762 * :data:`stat.UF_APPEND`
1763 * :data:`stat.UF_OPAQUE`
1764 * :data:`stat.UF_NOUNLINK`
Ned Deily3eb67d52011-06-28 00:00:28 -07001765 * :data:`stat.UF_COMPRESSED`
1766 * :data:`stat.UF_HIDDEN`
R David Murray30178062011-03-10 17:18:33 -05001767 * :data:`stat.SF_ARCHIVED`
1768 * :data:`stat.SF_IMMUTABLE`
1769 * :data:`stat.SF_APPEND`
1770 * :data:`stat.SF_NOUNLINK`
1771 * :data:`stat.SF_SNAPSHOT`
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001772
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001773 This function can support :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001774
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001775 .. audit-event:: os.chflags path,flags os.chflags
1776
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001777 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001778
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001779 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1780 The *follow_symlinks* argument.
1781
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001782 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1783 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1784
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001785
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001786.. function:: chmod(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001787
1788 Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. *mode* may take one of the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00001789 following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module) or bitwise ORed
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001790 combinations of them:
1791
Alexandre Vassalottic22c6f22009-07-21 00:51:58 +00001792 * :data:`stat.S_ISUID`
1793 * :data:`stat.S_ISGID`
1794 * :data:`stat.S_ENFMT`
1795 * :data:`stat.S_ISVTX`
1796 * :data:`stat.S_IREAD`
1797 * :data:`stat.S_IWRITE`
1798 * :data:`stat.S_IEXEC`
1799 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXU`
1800 * :data:`stat.S_IRUSR`
1801 * :data:`stat.S_IWUSR`
1802 * :data:`stat.S_IXUSR`
1803 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXG`
1804 * :data:`stat.S_IRGRP`
1805 * :data:`stat.S_IWGRP`
1806 * :data:`stat.S_IXGRP`
1807 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXO`
1808 * :data:`stat.S_IROTH`
1809 * :data:`stat.S_IWOTH`
1810 * :data:`stat.S_IXOTH`
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001811
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001812 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
1813 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
1814 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001815
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001816 .. note::
1817
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001818 Although Windows supports :func:`chmod`, you can only set the file's
1819 read-only flag with it (via the ``stat.S_IWRITE`` and ``stat.S_IREAD``
1820 constants or a corresponding integer value). All other bits are ignored.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001821
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001822 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.chmod
1823
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001824 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1825 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
1826 and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001827
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001828 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1829 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1830
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001831
1832.. function:: chown(path, uid, gid, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001833
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001834 Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. To
1835 leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001836
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001837 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
1838 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
1839 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001840
Sandro Tosid902a142011-08-22 23:28:27 +02001841 See :func:`shutil.chown` for a higher-level function that accepts names in
1842 addition to numeric ids.
1843
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001844 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.chown
1845
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001846 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001847
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001848 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001849 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001850 and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001851
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001852 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1853 Supports a :term:`path-like object`.
1854
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001855
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001856.. function:: chroot(path)
1857
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02001858 Change the root directory of the current process to *path*.
1859
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001860 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001861
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001862 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1863 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1864
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001865
1866.. function:: fchdir(fd)
1867
1868 Change the current working directory to the directory represented by the file
1869 descriptor *fd*. The descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001870 open file. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chdir(fd)``.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001871
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001872 .. audit-event:: os.chdir path os.fchdir
1873
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001874 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001875
1876
1877.. function:: getcwd()
1878
1879 Return a string representing the current working directory.
1880
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001881
1882.. function:: getcwdb()
1883
1884 Return a bytestring representing the current working directory.
1885
Victor Stinner689830e2019-06-26 17:31:12 +02001886 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
1887 The function now uses the UTF-8 encoding on Windows, rather than the ANSI
1888 code page: see :pep:`529` for the rationale. The function is no longer
1889 deprecated on Windows.
1890
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001891
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001892.. function:: lchflags(path, flags)
1893
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001894 Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*, like :func:`chflags`, but do
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001895 not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001896 ``os.chflags(path, flags, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001897
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001898 .. audit-event:: os.chflags path,flags os.lchflags
1899
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001900 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001901
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001902 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1903 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1904
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001905
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001906.. function:: lchmod(path, mode)
1907
1908 Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. If path is a symlink, this
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001909 affects the symlink rather than the target. See the docs for :func:`chmod`
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001910 for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001911 ``os.chmod(path, mode, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001912
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001913 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.lchmod
1914
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001915 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001916
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001917 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1918 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001919
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001920.. function:: lchown(path, uid, gid)
1921
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001922 Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. This
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001923 function will not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001924 to ``os.chown(path, uid, gid, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001925
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001926 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.lchown
1927
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001928 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001929
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001930 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1931 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1932
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001933
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001934.. function:: link(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001935
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001936 Create a hard link pointing to *src* named *dst*.
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001937
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02001938 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
1939 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`, and :ref:`not
1940 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001941
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001942 .. audit-event:: os.link src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.link
1943
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001944 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtin1b9df392010-11-24 20:24:31 +00001945
1946 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1947 Added Windows support.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001948
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001949 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1950 Added the *src_dir_fd*, *dst_dir_fd*, and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
1951
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001952 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1953 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
1954
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001955
Martin v. Löwis9c71f902010-07-24 10:09:11 +00001956.. function:: listdir(path='.')
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001957
Benjamin Peterson4469d0c2008-11-30 22:46:23 +00001958 Return a list containing the names of the entries in the directory given by
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001959 *path*. The list is in arbitrary order, and does not include the special
1960 entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` even if they are present in the directory.
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03001961 If a file is removed from or added to the directory during the call of
1962 this function, whether a name for that file be included is unspecified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001963
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001964 *path* may be a :term:`path-like object`. If *path* is of type ``bytes``
1965 (directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface),
1966 the filenames returned will also be of type ``bytes``;
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001967 in all other circumstances, they will be of type ``str``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001968
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001969 This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
1970 <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001971
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07001972 .. audit-event:: os.listdir path os.listdir
Steve Dower60419a72019-06-24 08:42:54 -07001973
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001974 .. note::
1975 To encode ``str`` filenames to ``bytes``, use :func:`~os.fsencode`.
1976
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01001977 .. seealso::
1978
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02001979 The :func:`scandir` function returns directory entries along with
1980 file attribute information, giving better performance for many
1981 common use cases.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01001982
Martin v. Löwisc9e1c7d2010-07-23 12:16:41 +00001983 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1984 The *path* parameter became optional.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001985
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001986 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001987 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor.
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001988
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001989 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1990 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1991
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001992
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02001993.. function:: lstat(path, \*, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001994
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00001995 Perform the equivalent of an :c:func:`lstat` system call on the given path.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02001996 Similar to :func:`~os.stat`, but does not follow symbolic links. Return a
1997 :class:`stat_result` object.
1998
1999 On platforms that do not support symbolic links, this is an alias for
2000 :func:`~os.stat`.
2001
2002 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(path, dir_fd=dir_fd,
2003 follow_symlinks=False)``.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002004
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002005 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2006 <dir_fd>`.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002007
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002008 .. seealso::
2009
Berker Peksag2034caa2015-04-27 13:53:28 +03002010 The :func:`.stat` function.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002011
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00002012 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2013 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002014
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002015 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
2016 Added the *dir_fd* parameter.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02002017
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002018 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2019 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2020
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002021 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2022 On Windows, now opens reparse points that represent another path
2023 (name surrogates), including symbolic links and directory junctions.
2024 Other kinds of reparse points are resolved by the operating system as
2025 for :func:`~os.stat`.
2026
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02002027
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002028.. function:: mkdir(path, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None)
2029
2030 Create a directory named *path* with numeric mode *mode*.
2031
Tommy Beadle63b91e52016-06-02 15:41:20 -04002032 If the directory already exists, :exc:`FileExistsError` is raised.
2033
2034 .. _mkdir_modebits:
2035
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002036 On some systems, *mode* is ignored. Where it is used, the current umask
Tommy Beadle63b91e52016-06-02 15:41:20 -04002037 value is first masked out. If bits other than the last 9 (i.e. the last 3
2038 digits of the octal representation of the *mode*) are set, their meaning is
2039 platform-dependent. On some platforms, they are ignored and you should call
2040 :func:`chmod` explicitly to set them.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002041
2042 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2043 <dir_fd>`.
2044
2045 It is also possible to create temporary directories; see the
2046 :mod:`tempfile` module's :func:`tempfile.mkdtemp` function.
2047
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002048 .. audit-event:: os.mkdir path,mode,dir_fd os.mkdir
2049
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002050 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2051 The *dir_fd* argument.
2052
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002053 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2054 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2055
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002056
Zachary Warea22ae212014-03-20 09:42:01 -05002057.. function:: makedirs(name, mode=0o777, exist_ok=False)
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002058
2059 .. index::
2060 single: directory; creating
2061 single: UNC paths; and os.makedirs()
2062
2063 Recursive directory creation function. Like :func:`mkdir`, but makes all
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002064 intermediate-level directories needed to contain the leaf directory.
2065
Serhiy Storchakae304e332017-03-24 13:27:42 +02002066 The *mode* parameter is passed to :func:`mkdir` for creating the leaf
2067 directory; see :ref:`the mkdir() description <mkdir_modebits>` for how it
2068 is interpreted. To set the file permission bits of any newly-created parent
2069 directories you can set the umask before invoking :func:`makedirs`. The
2070 file permission bits of existing parent directories are not changed.
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002071
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002072 If *exist_ok* is ``False`` (the default), an :exc:`FileExistsError` is
2073 raised if the target directory already exists.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002074
2075 .. note::
2076
2077 :func:`makedirs` will become confused if the path elements to create
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002078 include :data:`pardir` (eg. ".." on UNIX systems).
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002079
2080 This function handles UNC paths correctly.
2081
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002082 .. audit-event:: os.mkdir path,mode,dir_fd os.makedirs
2083
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002084 .. versionadded:: 3.2
2085 The *exist_ok* parameter.
2086
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002087 .. versionchanged:: 3.4.1
Benjamin Petersonee5f1c12014-04-01 19:13:18 -04002088
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002089 Before Python 3.4.1, if *exist_ok* was ``True`` and the directory existed,
Benjamin Petersonee5f1c12014-04-01 19:13:18 -04002090 :func:`makedirs` would still raise an error if *mode* did not match the
2091 mode of the existing directory. Since this behavior was impossible to
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002092 implement safely, it was removed in Python 3.4.1. See :issue:`21082`.
Benjamin Peterson4717e212014-04-01 19:17:57 -04002093
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002094 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2095 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2096
Serhiy Storchakae304e332017-03-24 13:27:42 +02002097 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
2098 The *mode* argument no longer affects the file permission bits of
2099 newly-created intermediate-level directories.
2100
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002101
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002102.. function:: mkfifo(path, mode=0o666, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002103
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002104 Create a FIFO (a named pipe) named *path* with numeric mode *mode*.
2105 The current umask value is first masked out from the mode.
2106
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002107 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2108 <dir_fd>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002109
2110 FIFOs are pipes that can be accessed like regular files. FIFOs exist until they
2111 are deleted (for example with :func:`os.unlink`). Generally, FIFOs are used as
2112 rendezvous between "client" and "server" type processes: the server opens the
2113 FIFO for reading, and the client opens it for writing. Note that :func:`mkfifo`
2114 doesn't open the FIFO --- it just creates the rendezvous point.
2115
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002116 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002117
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002118 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2119 The *dir_fd* argument.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002120
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002121 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2122 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2123
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002124
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002125.. function:: mknod(path, mode=0o600, device=0, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002126
2127 Create a filesystem node (file, device special file or named pipe) named
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002128 *path*. *mode* specifies both the permissions to use and the type of node
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +00002129 to be created, being combined (bitwise OR) with one of ``stat.S_IFREG``,
2130 ``stat.S_IFCHR``, ``stat.S_IFBLK``, and ``stat.S_IFIFO`` (those constants are
2131 available in :mod:`stat`). For ``stat.S_IFCHR`` and ``stat.S_IFBLK``,
2132 *device* defines the newly created device special file (probably using
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002133 :func:`os.makedev`), otherwise it is ignored.
2134
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002135 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2136 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002137
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002138 .. availability:: Unix.
Berker Peksag6129e142016-09-26 22:50:11 +03002139
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002140 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2141 The *dir_fd* argument.
2142
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002143 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2144 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2145
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002146
2147.. function:: major(device)
2148
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002149 Extract the device major number from a raw device number (usually the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002150 :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002151
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002152
2153.. function:: minor(device)
2154
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002155 Extract the device minor number from a raw device number (usually the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002156 :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002157
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002158
2159.. function:: makedev(major, minor)
2160
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002161 Compose a raw device number from the major and minor device numbers.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002162
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002163
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002164.. function:: pathconf(path, name)
2165
2166 Return system configuration information relevant to a named file. *name*
2167 specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the
2168 name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of
2169 standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define
2170 additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are
2171 given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not
2172 included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002173
2174 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
2175 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
2176 included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
2177 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
2178
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07002179 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +02002180 <path_fd>`.
2181
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002182 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002183
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002184 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2185 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2186
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002187
2188.. data:: pathconf_names
2189
2190 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`pathconf` and :func:`fpathconf` to
2191 the integer values defined for those names by the host operating system. This
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02002192 can be used to determine the set of names known to the system.
2193
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002194 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002195
2196
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002197.. function:: readlink(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002198
2199 Return a string representing the path to which the symbolic link points. The
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002200 result may be either an absolute or relative pathname; if it is relative, it
2201 may be converted to an absolute pathname using
2202 ``os.path.join(os.path.dirname(path), result)``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002203
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002204 If the *path* is a string object (directly or indirectly through a
2205 :class:`PathLike` interface), the result will also be a string object,
Martin Panter6245cb32016-04-15 02:14:19 +00002206 and the call may raise a UnicodeDecodeError. If the *path* is a bytes
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002207 object (direct or indirectly), the result will be a bytes object.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002208
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002209 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2210 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002211
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002212 When trying to resolve a path that may contain links, use
2213 :func:`~os.path.realpath` to properly handle recursion and platform
2214 differences.
2215
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002216 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002217
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00002218 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2219 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002220
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002221 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2222 The *dir_fd* argument.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002223
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002224 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Berker Peksage0b5b202018-08-15 13:03:41 +03002225 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` on Unix.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002226
Berker Peksage0b5b202018-08-15 13:03:41 +03002227 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2228 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` and a bytes object on Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002229
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002230 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2231 Added support for directory junctions, and changed to return the
2232 substitution path (which typically includes ``\\?\`` prefix) rather
2233 than the optional "print name" field that was previously returned.
2234
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002235.. function:: remove(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002236
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002237 Remove (delete) the file *path*. If *path* is a directory, an
2238 :exc:`IsADirectoryError` is raised. Use :func:`rmdir` to remove directories.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002239
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002240 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2241 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002242
2243 On Windows, attempting to remove a file that is in use causes an exception to
2244 be raised; on Unix, the directory entry is removed but the storage allocated
2245 to the file is not made available until the original file is no longer in use.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002246
Brett Cannon05039172015-12-28 17:28:19 -08002247 This function is semantically identical to :func:`unlink`.
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002248
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002249 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.remove
2250
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002251 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002252 The *dir_fd* argument.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002253
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002254 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2255 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2256
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002257
Zachary Warea22ae212014-03-20 09:42:01 -05002258.. function:: removedirs(name)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002259
2260 .. index:: single: directory; deleting
2261
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002262 Remove directories recursively. Works like :func:`rmdir` except that, if the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002263 leaf directory is successfully removed, :func:`removedirs` tries to
2264 successively remove every parent directory mentioned in *path* until an error
2265 is raised (which is ignored, because it generally means that a parent directory
2266 is not empty). For example, ``os.removedirs('foo/bar/baz')`` will first remove
2267 the directory ``'foo/bar/baz'``, and then remove ``'foo/bar'`` and ``'foo'`` if
2268 they are empty. Raises :exc:`OSError` if the leaf directory could not be
2269 successfully removed.
2270
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002271 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.removedirs
2272
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002273 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2274 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2275
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002276
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002277.. function:: rename(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002278
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002279 Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* exists, the operation
2280 will fail with an :exc:`OSError` subclass in a number of cases:
2281
2282 On Windows, if *dst* exists a :exc:`FileExistsError` is always raised.
2283
Mariatta7cbef722019-07-11 10:31:19 -07002284 On Unix, if *src* is a file and *dst* is a directory or vice-versa, an
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002285 :exc:`IsADirectoryError` or a :exc:`NotADirectoryError` will be raised
2286 respectively. If both are directories and *dst* is empty, *dst* will be
2287 silently replaced. If *dst* is a non-empty directory, an :exc:`OSError`
2288 is raised. If both are files, *dst* it will be replaced silently if the user
2289 has permission. The operation may fail on some Unix flavors if *src* and
2290 *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful, the renaming will be an
2291 atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement).
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002292
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002293 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
2294 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002295
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002296 If you want cross-platform overwriting of the destination, use :func:`replace`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002297
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002298 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.rename
2299
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002300 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2301 The *src_dir_fd* and *dst_dir_fd* arguments.
2302
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002303 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2304 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2305
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002306
2307.. function:: renames(old, new)
2308
2309 Recursive directory or file renaming function. Works like :func:`rename`, except
2310 creation of any intermediate directories needed to make the new pathname good is
2311 attempted first. After the rename, directories corresponding to rightmost path
2312 segments of the old name will be pruned away using :func:`removedirs`.
2313
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002314 .. note::
2315
2316 This function can fail with the new directory structure made if you lack
2317 permissions needed to remove the leaf directory or file.
2318
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002319 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.renames
2320
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002321 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2322 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *old* and *new*.
2323
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002324
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002325.. function:: replace(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None)
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002326
2327 Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* is a directory,
2328 :exc:`OSError` will be raised. If *dst* exists and is a file, it will
2329 be replaced silently if the user has permission. The operation may fail
2330 if *src* and *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful,
2331 the renaming will be an atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement).
2332
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002333 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
2334 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002335
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002336 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.replace
2337
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002338 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2339
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002340 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2341 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2342
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002343
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002344.. function:: rmdir(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002345
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002346 Remove (delete) the directory *path*. If the directory does not exist or is
2347 not empty, an :exc:`FileNotFoundError` or an :exc:`OSError` is raised
2348 respectively. In order to remove whole directory trees,
2349 :func:`shutil.rmtree` can be used.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002350
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002351 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2352 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002353
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002354 .. audit-event:: os.rmdir path,dir_fd os.rmdir
2355
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002356 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2357 The *dir_fd* parameter.
2358
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002359 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2360 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2361
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002362
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002363.. function:: scandir(path='.')
2364
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002365 Return an iterator of :class:`os.DirEntry` objects corresponding to the
2366 entries in the directory given by *path*. The entries are yielded in
2367 arbitrary order, and the special entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` are not
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03002368 included. If a file is removed from or added to the directory after
2369 creating the iterator, whether an entry for that file be included is
2370 unspecified.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002371
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002372 Using :func:`scandir` instead of :func:`listdir` can significantly
2373 increase the performance of code that also needs file type or file
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002374 attribute information, because :class:`os.DirEntry` objects expose this
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002375 information if the operating system provides it when scanning a directory.
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002376 All :class:`os.DirEntry` methods may perform a system call, but
2377 :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_dir` and :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_file` usually only
2378 require a system call for symbolic links; :func:`os.DirEntry.stat`
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002379 always requires a system call on Unix but only requires one for
2380 symbolic links on Windows.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002381
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002382 *path* may be a :term:`path-like object`. If *path* is of type ``bytes``
2383 (directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface),
2384 the type of the :attr:`~os.DirEntry.name` and :attr:`~os.DirEntry.path`
2385 attributes of each :class:`os.DirEntry` will be ``bytes``; in all other
2386 circumstances, they will be of type ``str``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002387
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002388 This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
2389 <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory.
2390
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07002391 .. audit-event:: os.scandir path os.scandir
Steve Dower60419a72019-06-24 08:42:54 -07002392
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002393 The :func:`scandir` iterator supports the :term:`context manager` protocol
2394 and has the following method:
2395
2396 .. method:: scandir.close()
2397
2398 Close the iterator and free acquired resources.
2399
2400 This is called automatically when the iterator is exhausted or garbage
2401 collected, or when an error happens during iterating. However it
2402 is advisable to call it explicitly or use the :keyword:`with`
2403 statement.
2404
2405 .. versionadded:: 3.6
2406
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002407 The following example shows a simple use of :func:`scandir` to display all
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002408 the files (excluding directories) in the given *path* that don't start with
2409 ``'.'``. The ``entry.is_file()`` call will generally not make an additional
2410 system call::
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002411
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002412 with os.scandir(path) as it:
2413 for entry in it:
2414 if not entry.name.startswith('.') and entry.is_file():
2415 print(entry.name)
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002416
2417 .. note::
2418
2419 On Unix-based systems, :func:`scandir` uses the system's
2420 `opendir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/opendir.html>`_
2421 and
2422 `readdir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/readdir_r.html>`_
2423 functions. On Windows, it uses the Win32
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01002424 `FindFirstFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364418(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002425 and
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01002426 `FindNextFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364428(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002427 functions.
2428
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002429 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2430
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002431 .. versionadded:: 3.6
2432 Added support for the :term:`context manager` protocol and the
2433 :func:`~scandir.close()` method. If a :func:`scandir` iterator is neither
2434 exhausted nor explicitly closed a :exc:`ResourceWarning` will be emitted
2435 in its destructor.
2436
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002437 The function accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2438
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002439 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
2440 Added support for :ref:`file descriptors <path_fd>` on Unix.
2441
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002442
2443.. class:: DirEntry
2444
2445 Object yielded by :func:`scandir` to expose the file path and other file
2446 attributes of a directory entry.
2447
2448 :func:`scandir` will provide as much of this information as possible without
2449 making additional system calls. When a ``stat()`` or ``lstat()`` system call
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002450 is made, the ``os.DirEntry`` object will cache the result.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002451
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002452 ``os.DirEntry`` instances are not intended to be stored in long-lived data
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002453 structures; if you know the file metadata has changed or if a long time has
2454 elapsed since calling :func:`scandir`, call ``os.stat(entry.path)`` to fetch
2455 up-to-date information.
2456
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002457 Because the ``os.DirEntry`` methods can make operating system calls, they may
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002458 also raise :exc:`OSError`. If you need very fine-grained
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002459 control over errors, you can catch :exc:`OSError` when calling one of the
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002460 ``os.DirEntry`` methods and handle as appropriate.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002461
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002462 To be directly usable as a :term:`path-like object`, ``os.DirEntry``
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002463 implements the :class:`PathLike` interface.
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002464
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002465 Attributes and methods on a ``os.DirEntry`` instance are as follows:
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002466
2467 .. attribute:: name
2468
2469 The entry's base filename, relative to the :func:`scandir` *path*
2470 argument.
2471
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002472 The :attr:`name` attribute will be ``bytes`` if the :func:`scandir`
2473 *path* argument is of type ``bytes`` and ``str`` otherwise. Use
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002474 :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002475
2476 .. attribute:: path
2477
2478 The entry's full path name: equivalent to ``os.path.join(scandir_path,
2479 entry.name)`` where *scandir_path* is the :func:`scandir` *path*
2480 argument. The path is only absolute if the :func:`scandir` *path*
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002481 argument was absolute. If the :func:`scandir` *path*
2482 argument was a :ref:`file descriptor <path_fd>`, the :attr:`path`
2483 attribute is the same as the :attr:`name` attribute.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002484
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002485 The :attr:`path` attribute will be ``bytes`` if the :func:`scandir`
2486 *path* argument is of type ``bytes`` and ``str`` otherwise. Use
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002487 :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002488
2489 .. method:: inode()
2490
2491 Return the inode number of the entry.
2492
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002493 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Use
2494 ``os.stat(entry.path, follow_symlinks=False).st_ino`` to fetch up-to-date
2495 information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002496
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002497 On the first, uncached call, a system call is required on Windows but
2498 not on Unix.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002499
2500 .. method:: is_dir(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2501
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002502 Return ``True`` if this entry is a directory or a symbolic link pointing
2503 to a directory; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to any other
2504 kind of file, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002505
2506 If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002507 is a directory (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the
2508 entry is any other kind of file or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002509
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002510 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002511 for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` along
2512 with :func:`stat.S_ISDIR` to fetch up-to-date information.
2513
2514 On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases.
2515 Specifically, for non-symlinks, neither Windows or Unix require a system
2516 call, except on certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems,
2517 that return ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``. If the entry is a symlink,
2518 a system call will be required to follow the symlink unless
2519 *follow_symlinks* is ``False``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002520
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002521 This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
2522 but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002523
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002524 .. method:: is_file(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2525
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002526 Return ``True`` if this entry is a file or a symbolic link pointing to a
2527 file; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to a directory or other
2528 non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002529
2530 If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002531 is a file (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the entry is
2532 a directory or other non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002533
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002534 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Caching, system calls
2535 made, and exceptions raised are as per :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_dir`.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002536
2537 .. method:: is_symlink()
2538
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002539 Return ``True`` if this entry is a symbolic link (even if broken);
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002540 return ``False`` if the entry points to a directory or any kind of file,
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002541 or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002542
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002543 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Call
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002544 :func:`os.path.islink` to fetch up-to-date information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002545
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002546 On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases.
2547 Specifically, neither Windows or Unix require a system call, except on
2548 certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems, that return
2549 ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002550
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002551 This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
2552 but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002553
2554 .. method:: stat(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2555
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002556 Return a :class:`stat_result` object for this entry. This method
2557 follows symbolic links by default; to stat a symbolic link add the
2558 ``follow_symlinks=False`` argument.
2559
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002560 On Unix, this method always requires a system call. On Windows, it
2561 only requires a system call if *follow_symlinks* is ``True`` and the
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002562 entry is a reparse point (for example, a symbolic link or directory
2563 junction).
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002564
2565 On Windows, the ``st_ino``, ``st_dev`` and ``st_nlink`` attributes of the
2566 :class:`stat_result` are always set to zero. Call :func:`os.stat` to
2567 get these attributes.
2568
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002569 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002570 for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` to
2571 fetch up-to-date information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002572
Guido van Rossum1469d742016-01-06 11:36:03 -08002573 Note that there is a nice correspondence between several attributes
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002574 and methods of ``os.DirEntry`` and of :class:`pathlib.Path`. In
Brett Cannonc28592b2016-06-24 12:21:47 -07002575 particular, the ``name`` attribute has the same
Guido van Rossum1469d742016-01-06 11:36:03 -08002576 meaning, as do the ``is_dir()``, ``is_file()``, ``is_symlink()``
2577 and ``stat()`` methods.
2578
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002579 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2580
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002581 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002582 Added support for the :class:`~os.PathLike` interface. Added support
2583 for :class:`bytes` paths on Windows.
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002584
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002585
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002586.. function:: stat(path, \*, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002587
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002588 Get the status of a file or a file descriptor. Perform the equivalent of a
2589 :c:func:`stat` system call on the given path. *path* may be specified as
Xiang Zhang4459e002017-01-22 13:04:17 +08002590 either a string or bytes -- directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike`
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002591 interface -- or as an open file descriptor. Return a :class:`stat_result`
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002592 object.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002593
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002594 This function normally follows symlinks; to stat a symlink add the argument
2595 ``follow_symlinks=False``, or use :func:`lstat`.
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002596
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002597 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
2598 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002599
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002600 On Windows, passing ``follow_symlinks=False`` will disable following all
2601 name-surrogate reparse points, which includes symlinks and directory
2602 junctions. Other types of reparse points that do not resemble links or that
2603 the operating system is unable to follow will be opened directly. When
2604 following a chain of multiple links, this may result in the original link
2605 being returned instead of the non-link that prevented full traversal. To
2606 obtain stat results for the final path in this case, use the
2607 :func:`os.path.realpath` function to resolve the path name as far as
2608 possible and call :func:`lstat` on the result. This does not apply to
2609 dangling symlinks or junction points, which will raise the usual exceptions.
2610
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002611 .. index:: module: stat
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002612
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002613 Example::
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002614
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002615 >>> import os
2616 >>> statinfo = os.stat('somefile.txt')
2617 >>> statinfo
2618 os.stat_result(st_mode=33188, st_ino=7876932, st_dev=234881026,
2619 st_nlink=1, st_uid=501, st_gid=501, st_size=264, st_atime=1297230295,
2620 st_mtime=1297230027, st_ctime=1297230027)
2621 >>> statinfo.st_size
2622 264
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002623
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002624 .. seealso::
Zachary Ware63f277b2014-06-19 09:46:37 -05002625
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002626 :func:`fstat` and :func:`lstat` functions.
2627
2628 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2629 Added the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments, specifying a file
2630 descriptor instead of a path.
2631
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002632 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2633 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2634
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002635 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2636 On Windows, all reparse points that can be resolved by the operating
2637 system are now followed, and passing ``follow_symlinks=False``
2638 disables following all name surrogate reparse points. If the operating
2639 system reaches a reparse point that it is not able to follow, *stat* now
2640 returns the information for the original path as if
2641 ``follow_symlinks=False`` had been specified instead of raising an error.
2642
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002643
2644.. class:: stat_result
2645
2646 Object whose attributes correspond roughly to the members of the
2647 :c:type:`stat` structure. It is used for the result of :func:`os.stat`,
2648 :func:`os.fstat` and :func:`os.lstat`.
2649
2650 Attributes:
2651
2652 .. attribute:: st_mode
2653
2654 File mode: file type and file mode bits (permissions).
2655
2656 .. attribute:: st_ino
2657
Steve Dower3e51a3d2018-05-28 17:24:36 -07002658 Platform dependent, but if non-zero, uniquely identifies the
2659 file for a given value of ``st_dev``. Typically:
2660
2661 * the inode number on Unix,
2662 * the `file index
2663 <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa363788>`_ on
2664 Windows
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002665
2666 .. attribute:: st_dev
2667
2668 Identifier of the device on which this file resides.
2669
2670 .. attribute:: st_nlink
2671
2672 Number of hard links.
2673
2674 .. attribute:: st_uid
2675
2676 User identifier of the file owner.
2677
2678 .. attribute:: st_gid
2679
2680 Group identifier of the file owner.
2681
2682 .. attribute:: st_size
2683
2684 Size of the file in bytes, if it is a regular file or a symbolic link.
2685 The size of a symbolic link is the length of the pathname it contains,
2686 without a terminating null byte.
2687
2688 Timestamps:
2689
2690 .. attribute:: st_atime
2691
2692 Time of most recent access expressed in seconds.
2693
2694 .. attribute:: st_mtime
2695
2696 Time of most recent content modification expressed in seconds.
2697
2698 .. attribute:: st_ctime
2699
2700 Platform dependent:
2701
2702 * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix,
2703 * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in seconds.
2704
2705 .. attribute:: st_atime_ns
2706
2707 Time of most recent access expressed in nanoseconds as an integer.
2708
2709 .. attribute:: st_mtime_ns
2710
2711 Time of most recent content modification expressed in nanoseconds as an
2712 integer.
2713
2714 .. attribute:: st_ctime_ns
2715
2716 Platform dependent:
2717
2718 * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix,
2719 * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in nanoseconds as an
2720 integer.
2721
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002722 .. note::
2723
Senthil Kumaran3aac1792011-07-04 11:43:51 -07002724 The exact meaning and resolution of the :attr:`st_atime`,
Senthil Kumarana6bac952011-07-04 11:28:30 -07002725 :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime` attributes depend on the operating
2726 system and the file system. For example, on Windows systems using the FAT
2727 or FAT32 file systems, :attr:`st_mtime` has 2-second resolution, and
2728 :attr:`st_atime` has only 1-day resolution. See your operating system
2729 documentation for details.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002730
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002731 Similarly, although :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`,
2732 and :attr:`st_ctime_ns` are always expressed in nanoseconds, many
2733 systems do not provide nanosecond precision. On systems that do
2734 provide nanosecond precision, the floating-point object used to
2735 store :attr:`st_atime`, :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime`
2736 cannot preserve all of it, and as such will be slightly inexact.
2737 If you need the exact timestamps you should always use
2738 :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and :attr:`st_ctime_ns`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002739
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002740 On some Unix systems (such as Linux), the following attributes may also be
2741 available:
2742
2743 .. attribute:: st_blocks
2744
2745 Number of 512-byte blocks allocated for file.
2746 This may be smaller than :attr:`st_size`/512 when the file has holes.
2747
2748 .. attribute:: st_blksize
2749
2750 "Preferred" blocksize for efficient file system I/O. Writing to a file in
2751 smaller chunks may cause an inefficient read-modify-rewrite.
2752
2753 .. attribute:: st_rdev
2754
2755 Type of device if an inode device.
2756
2757 .. attribute:: st_flags
2758
2759 User defined flags for file.
2760
2761 On other Unix systems (such as FreeBSD), the following attributes may be
2762 available (but may be only filled out if root tries to use them):
2763
2764 .. attribute:: st_gen
2765
2766 File generation number.
2767
2768 .. attribute:: st_birthtime
2769
2770 Time of file creation.
2771
jcea6c51d512018-01-28 14:00:08 +01002772 On Solaris and derivatives, the following attributes may also be
2773 available:
2774
2775 .. attribute:: st_fstype
2776
2777 String that uniquely identifies the type of the filesystem that
2778 contains the file.
2779
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002780 On Mac OS systems, the following attributes may also be available:
2781
2782 .. attribute:: st_rsize
2783
2784 Real size of the file.
2785
2786 .. attribute:: st_creator
2787
2788 Creator of the file.
2789
2790 .. attribute:: st_type
2791
2792 File type.
2793
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002794 On Windows systems, the following attributes are also available:
Victor Stinnere1d24f72014-07-24 12:44:07 +02002795
2796 .. attribute:: st_file_attributes
2797
2798 Windows file attributes: ``dwFileAttributes`` member of the
2799 ``BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION`` structure returned by
2800 :c:func:`GetFileInformationByHandle`. See the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_*``
2801 constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
2802
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002803 .. attribute:: st_reparse_tag
2804
2805 When :attr:`st_file_attributes` has the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT``
2806 set, this field contains the tag identifying the type of reparse point.
2807 See the ``IO_REPARSE_TAG_*`` constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
2808
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002809 The standard module :mod:`stat` defines functions and constants that are
2810 useful for extracting information from a :c:type:`stat` structure. (On
2811 Windows, some items are filled with dummy values.)
2812
2813 For backward compatibility, a :class:`stat_result` instance is also
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002814 accessible as a tuple of at least 10 integers giving the most important (and
2815 portable) members of the :c:type:`stat` structure, in the order
2816 :attr:`st_mode`, :attr:`st_ino`, :attr:`st_dev`, :attr:`st_nlink`,
2817 :attr:`st_uid`, :attr:`st_gid`, :attr:`st_size`, :attr:`st_atime`,
2818 :attr:`st_mtime`, :attr:`st_ctime`. More items may be added at the end by
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002819 some implementations. For compatibility with older Python versions,
2820 accessing :class:`stat_result` as a tuple always returns integers.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002821
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002822 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002823 Added the :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and
2824 :attr:`st_ctime_ns` members.
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002825
Zachary Ware63f277b2014-06-19 09:46:37 -05002826 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2827 Added the :attr:`st_file_attributes` member on Windows.
2828
Steve Dower3e51a3d2018-05-28 17:24:36 -07002829 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
2830 Windows now returns the file index as :attr:`st_ino` when
2831 available.
2832
jcea6c51d512018-01-28 14:00:08 +01002833 .. versionadded:: 3.7
2834 Added the :attr:`st_fstype` member to Solaris/derivatives.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002835
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002836 .. versionadded:: 3.8
2837 Added the :attr:`st_reparse_tag` member on Windows.
2838
2839 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2840 On Windows, the :attr:`st_mode` member now identifies special
2841 files as :const:`S_IFCHR`, :const:`S_IFIFO` or :const:`S_IFBLK`
2842 as appropriate.
2843
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002844.. function:: statvfs(path)
2845
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002846 Perform a :c:func:`statvfs` system call on the given path. The return value is
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002847 an object whose attributes describe the filesystem on the given path, and
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002848 correspond to the members of the :c:type:`statvfs` structure, namely:
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002849 :attr:`f_bsize`, :attr:`f_frsize`, :attr:`f_blocks`, :attr:`f_bfree`,
2850 :attr:`f_bavail`, :attr:`f_files`, :attr:`f_ffree`, :attr:`f_favail`,
Giuseppe Scrivano96a5e502017-12-14 23:46:46 +01002851 :attr:`f_flag`, :attr:`f_namemax`, :attr:`f_fsid`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002852
Andrew M. Kuchling4ea04a32010-08-18 22:30:34 +00002853 Two module-level constants are defined for the :attr:`f_flag` attribute's
2854 bit-flags: if :const:`ST_RDONLY` is set, the filesystem is mounted
2855 read-only, and if :const:`ST_NOSUID` is set, the semantics of
2856 setuid/setgid bits are disabled or not supported.
2857
doko@ubuntu.comca616a22013-12-08 15:23:07 +01002858 Additional module-level constants are defined for GNU/glibc based systems.
2859 These are :const:`ST_NODEV` (disallow access to device special files),
2860 :const:`ST_NOEXEC` (disallow program execution), :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`
2861 (writes are synced at once), :const:`ST_MANDLOCK` (allow mandatory locks on an FS),
2862 :const:`ST_WRITE` (write on file/directory/symlink), :const:`ST_APPEND`
2863 (append-only file), :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE` (immutable file), :const:`ST_NOATIME`
2864 (do not update access times), :const:`ST_NODIRATIME` (do not update directory access
2865 times), :const:`ST_RELATIME` (update atime relative to mtime/ctime).
2866
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002867 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002868
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002869 .. availability:: Unix.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002870
Andrew M. Kuchling4ea04a32010-08-18 22:30:34 +00002871 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2872 The :const:`ST_RDONLY` and :const:`ST_NOSUID` constants were added.
2873
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002874 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002875 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002876
doko@ubuntu.comca616a22013-12-08 15:23:07 +01002877 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
2878 The :const:`ST_NODEV`, :const:`ST_NOEXEC`, :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`,
2879 :const:`ST_MANDLOCK`, :const:`ST_WRITE`, :const:`ST_APPEND`,
2880 :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE`, :const:`ST_NOATIME`, :const:`ST_NODIRATIME`,
2881 and :const:`ST_RELATIME` constants were added.
2882
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002883 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2884 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002885
Giuseppe Scrivano96a5e502017-12-14 23:46:46 +01002886 .. versionadded:: 3.7
2887 Added :attr:`f_fsid`.
2888
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002889
2890.. data:: supports_dir_fd
2891
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002892 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the :mod:`os`
2893 module accept an open file descriptor for their *dir_fd* parameter.
2894 Different platforms provide different features, and the underlying
2895 functionality Python uses to implement the *dir_fd* parameter is not
2896 available on all platforms Python supports. For consistency's sake,
2897 functions that may support *dir_fd* always allow specifying the
2898 parameter, but will throw an exception if the functionality is used
2899 when it's not locally available. (Specifying ``None`` for *dir_fd*
2900 is always supported on all platforms.)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002901
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002902 To check whether a particular function accepts an open file descriptor
2903 for its *dir_fd* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_dir_fd``.
2904 As an example, this expression evaluates to ``True`` if :func:`os.stat`
2905 accepts open file descriptors for *dir_fd* on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002906
2907 os.stat in os.supports_dir_fd
2908
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002909 Currently *dir_fd* parameters only work on Unix platforms;
2910 none of them work on Windows.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002911
2912 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2913
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002914
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002915.. data:: supports_effective_ids
2916
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002917 A :class:`set` object indicating whether :func:`os.access` permits
2918 specifying ``True`` for its *effective_ids* parameter on the local platform.
2919 (Specifying ``False`` for *effective_ids* is always supported on all
2920 platforms.) If the local platform supports it, the collection will contain
2921 :func:`os.access`; otherwise it will be empty.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002922
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002923 This expression evaluates to ``True`` if :func:`os.access` supports
2924 ``effective_ids=True`` on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002925
2926 os.access in os.supports_effective_ids
2927
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002928 Currently *effective_ids* is only supported on Unix platforms;
2929 it does not work on Windows.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002930
2931 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2932
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002933
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002934.. data:: supports_fd
2935
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002936 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002937 :mod:`os` module permit specifying their *path* parameter as an open file
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002938 descriptor on the local platform. Different platforms provide different
2939 features, and the underlying functionality Python uses to accept open file
2940 descriptors as *path* arguments is not available on all platforms Python
2941 supports.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002942
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002943 To determine whether a particular function permits specifying an open file
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002944 descriptor for its *path* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002945 ``supports_fd``. As an example, this expression evaluates to ``True`` if
2946 :func:`os.chdir` accepts open file descriptors for *path* on your local
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002947 platform::
2948
2949 os.chdir in os.supports_fd
2950
2951 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2952
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002953
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002954.. data:: supports_follow_symlinks
2955
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002956 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the :mod:`os` module
2957 accept ``False`` for their *follow_symlinks* parameter on the local platform.
2958 Different platforms provide different features, and the underlying
2959 functionality Python uses to implement *follow_symlinks* is not available
2960 on all platforms Python supports. For consistency's sake, functions that
2961 may support *follow_symlinks* always allow specifying the parameter, but
2962 will throw an exception if the functionality is used when it's not locally
2963 available. (Specifying ``True`` for *follow_symlinks* is always supported
2964 on all platforms.)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002965
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002966 To check whether a particular function accepts ``False`` for its
2967 *follow_symlinks* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on
2968 ``supports_follow_symlinks``. As an example, this expression evaluates
2969 to ``True`` if you may specify ``follow_symlinks=False`` when calling
2970 :func:`os.stat` on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002971
2972 os.stat in os.supports_follow_symlinks
2973
2974 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2975
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002976
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002977.. function:: symlink(src, dst, target_is_directory=False, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002978
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002979 Create a symbolic link pointing to *src* named *dst*.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002980
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002981 On Windows, a symlink represents either a file or a directory, and does not
Jason R. Coombs3a092862013-05-27 23:21:28 -04002982 morph to the target dynamically. If the target is present, the type of the
2983 symlink will be created to match. Otherwise, the symlink will be created
2984 as a directory if *target_is_directory* is ``True`` or a file symlink (the
l-n-sdaeb3c42018-11-14 00:13:12 +00002985 default) otherwise. On non-Windows platforms, *target_is_directory* is ignored.
Brian Curtind40e6f72010-07-08 21:39:08 +00002986
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002987 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2988 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002989
Brian Curtin52173d42010-12-02 18:29:18 +00002990 .. note::
2991
Vidar Tonaas Fauske0e107662019-04-09 20:19:46 +02002992 On newer versions of Windows 10, unprivileged accounts can create symlinks
2993 if Developer Mode is enabled. When Developer Mode is not available/enabled,
2994 the *SeCreateSymbolicLinkPrivilege* privilege is required, or the process
2995 must be run as an administrator.
Brian Curtin96245592010-12-28 17:08:22 +00002996
Jason R. Coombs3a092862013-05-27 23:21:28 -04002997
Brian Curtin96245592010-12-28 17:08:22 +00002998 :exc:`OSError` is raised when the function is called by an unprivileged
2999 user.
Brian Curtind40e6f72010-07-08 21:39:08 +00003000
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003001 .. audit-event:: os.symlink src,dst,dir_fd os.symlink
3002
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003003 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00003004
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00003005 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
3006 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003007
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003008 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3009 Added the *dir_fd* argument, and now allow *target_is_directory*
3010 on non-Windows platforms.
3011
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003012 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3013 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
3014
Vidar Tonaas Fauske0e107662019-04-09 20:19:46 +02003015 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3016 Added support for unelevated symlinks on Windows with Developer Mode.
3017
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003018
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003019.. function:: sync()
3020
3021 Force write of everything to disk.
3022
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003023 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003024
3025 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3026
3027
3028.. function:: truncate(path, length)
3029
3030 Truncate the file corresponding to *path*, so that it is at most
3031 *length* bytes in size.
3032
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +02003033 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`.
3034
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07003035 .. audit-event:: os.truncate path,length os.truncate
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07003036
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003037 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003038
3039 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3040
Steve Dowerfe0a41a2015-03-20 19:50:46 -07003041 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
3042 Added support for Windows
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003043
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003044 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3045 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3046
3047
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07003048.. function:: unlink(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003049
Brett Cannon05039172015-12-28 17:28:19 -08003050 Remove (delete) the file *path*. This function is semantically
3051 identical to :func:`remove`; the ``unlink`` name is its
3052 traditional Unix name. Please see the documentation for
3053 :func:`remove` for further information.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003054
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003055 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.unlink
3056
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003057 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07003058 The *dir_fd* parameter.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003059
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003060 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3061 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3062
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003063
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003064.. function:: utime(path, times=None, *[, ns], dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003065
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003066 Set the access and modified times of the file specified by *path*.
3067
3068 :func:`utime` takes two optional parameters, *times* and *ns*.
3069 These specify the times set on *path* and are used as follows:
3070
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003071 - If *ns* is specified,
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003072 it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime_ns, mtime_ns)``
3073 where each member is an int expressing nanoseconds.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003074 - If *times* is not ``None``,
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003075 it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime, mtime)``
3076 where each member is an int or float expressing seconds.
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003077 - If *times* is ``None`` and *ns* is unspecified,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003078 this is equivalent to specifying ``ns=(atime_ns, mtime_ns)``
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003079 where both times are the current time.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003080
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003081 It is an error to specify tuples for both *times* and *ns*.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003082
Stéphane Wirtel7508a542018-05-01 12:02:26 +02003083 Note that the exact times you set here may not be returned by a subsequent
3084 :func:`~os.stat` call, depending on the resolution with which your operating
3085 system records access and modification times; see :func:`~os.stat`. The best
3086 way to preserve exact times is to use the *st_atime_ns* and *st_mtime_ns*
3087 fields from the :func:`os.stat` result object with the *ns* parameter to
3088 `utime`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003089
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003090 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
3091 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
3092 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003093
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003094 .. audit-event:: os.utime path,times,ns,dir_fd os.utime
3095
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003096 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04003097 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003098 and the *dir_fd*, *follow_symlinks*, and *ns* parameters.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003099
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003100 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3101 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3102
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003103
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +00003104.. function:: walk(top, topdown=True, onerror=None, followlinks=False)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003105
3106 .. index::
3107 single: directory; walking
3108 single: directory; traversal
3109
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003110 Generate the file names in a directory tree by walking the tree
3111 either top-down or bottom-up. For each directory in the tree rooted at directory
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003112 *top* (including *top* itself), it yields a 3-tuple ``(dirpath, dirnames,
3113 filenames)``.
3114
3115 *dirpath* is a string, the path to the directory. *dirnames* is a list of the
3116 names of the subdirectories in *dirpath* (excluding ``'.'`` and ``'..'``).
3117 *filenames* is a list of the names of the non-directory files in *dirpath*.
3118 Note that the names in the lists contain no path components. To get a full path
3119 (which begins with *top*) to a file or directory in *dirpath*, do
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03003120 ``os.path.join(dirpath, name)``. Whether or not the lists are sorted
3121 depends on the file system. If a file is removed from or added to the
3122 *dirpath* directory during generating the lists, whether a name for that
3123 file be included is unspecified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003124
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003125 If optional argument *topdown* is ``True`` or not specified, the triple for a
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003126 directory is generated before the triples for any of its subdirectories
Benjamin Petersone58e0c72014-06-15 20:51:12 -07003127 (directories are generated top-down). If *topdown* is ``False``, the triple
3128 for a directory is generated after the triples for all of its subdirectories
3129 (directories are generated bottom-up). No matter the value of *topdown*, the
3130 list of subdirectories is retrieved before the tuples for the directory and
3131 its subdirectories are generated.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003132
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003133 When *topdown* is ``True``, the caller can modify the *dirnames* list in-place
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003134 (perhaps using :keyword:`del` or slice assignment), and :func:`walk` will only
3135 recurse into the subdirectories whose names remain in *dirnames*; this can be
3136 used to prune the search, impose a specific order of visiting, or even to inform
3137 :func:`walk` about directories the caller creates or renames before it resumes
Victor Stinner0e316f62015-10-23 12:38:11 +02003138 :func:`walk` again. Modifying *dirnames* when *topdown* is ``False`` has
3139 no effect on the behavior of the walk, because in bottom-up mode the directories
3140 in *dirnames* are generated before *dirpath* itself is generated.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003141
Andrés Delfinobadb8942018-04-02 23:48:54 -03003142 By default, errors from the :func:`scandir` call are ignored. If optional
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003143 argument *onerror* is specified, it should be a function; it will be called with
3144 one argument, an :exc:`OSError` instance. It can report the error to continue
3145 with the walk, or raise the exception to abort the walk. Note that the filename
3146 is available as the ``filename`` attribute of the exception object.
3147
3148 By default, :func:`walk` will not walk down into symbolic links that resolve to
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003149 directories. Set *followlinks* to ``True`` to visit directories pointed to by
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003150 symlinks, on systems that support them.
3151
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003152 .. note::
3153
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003154 Be aware that setting *followlinks* to ``True`` can lead to infinite
3155 recursion if a link points to a parent directory of itself. :func:`walk`
3156 does not keep track of the directories it visited already.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003157
3158 .. note::
3159
3160 If you pass a relative pathname, don't change the current working directory
3161 between resumptions of :func:`walk`. :func:`walk` never changes the current
3162 directory, and assumes that its caller doesn't either.
3163
3164 This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each
3165 directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any
3166 CVS subdirectory::
3167
3168 import os
3169 from os.path import join, getsize
3170 for root, dirs, files in os.walk('python/Lib/email'):
Georg Brandl6911e3c2007-09-04 07:15:32 +00003171 print(root, "consumes", end=" ")
3172 print(sum(getsize(join(root, name)) for name in files), end=" ")
3173 print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files")
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003174 if 'CVS' in dirs:
3175 dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories
3176
Victor Stinner47c41b42015-03-10 13:31:47 +01003177 In the next example (simple implementation of :func:`shutil.rmtree`),
3178 walking the tree bottom-up is essential, :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow
3179 deleting a directory before the directory is empty::
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003180
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003181 # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top",
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003182 # assuming there are no symbolic links.
3183 # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it
3184 # could delete all your disk files.
3185 import os
3186 for root, dirs, files in os.walk(top, topdown=False):
3187 for name in files:
3188 os.remove(os.path.join(root, name))
3189 for name in dirs:
3190 os.rmdir(os.path.join(root, name))
3191
Serhiy Storchakadb283b32020-03-08 14:31:47 +02003192 .. audit-event:: os.walk top,topdown,onerror,followlinks os.walk
3193
Victor Stinner524a5ba2015-03-10 13:20:34 +01003194 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02003195 This function now calls :func:`os.scandir` instead of :func:`os.listdir`,
3196 making it faster by reducing the number of calls to :func:`os.stat`.
Victor Stinner524a5ba2015-03-10 13:20:34 +01003197
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003198 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3199 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3200
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003201
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003202.. function:: fwalk(top='.', topdown=True, onerror=None, *, follow_symlinks=False, dir_fd=None)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003203
3204 .. index::
3205 single: directory; walking
3206 single: directory; traversal
3207
Eli Benderskyd049d5c2012-02-11 09:52:29 +02003208 This behaves exactly like :func:`walk`, except that it yields a 4-tuple
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003209 ``(dirpath, dirnames, filenames, dirfd)``, and it supports ``dir_fd``.
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003210
3211 *dirpath*, *dirnames* and *filenames* are identical to :func:`walk` output,
3212 and *dirfd* is a file descriptor referring to the directory *dirpath*.
3213
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003214 This function always supports :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003215 <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. Note however
Larry Hastings950b76a2012-07-15 17:32:36 -07003216 that, unlike other functions, the :func:`fwalk` default value for
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003217 *follow_symlinks* is ``False``.
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003218
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003219 .. note::
3220
3221 Since :func:`fwalk` yields file descriptors, those are only valid until
3222 the next iteration step, so you should duplicate them (e.g. with
3223 :func:`dup`) if you want to keep them longer.
3224
3225 This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each
3226 directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any
3227 CVS subdirectory::
3228
3229 import os
3230 for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk('python/Lib/email'):
3231 print(root, "consumes", end="")
Hynek Schlawack1729b8f2012-06-24 16:11:08 +02003232 print(sum([os.stat(name, dir_fd=rootfd).st_size for name in files]),
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003233 end="")
3234 print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files")
3235 if 'CVS' in dirs:
3236 dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories
3237
3238 In the next example, walking the tree bottom-up is essential:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003239 :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow deleting a directory before the directory is
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003240 empty::
3241
3242 # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top",
3243 # assuming there are no symbolic links.
3244 # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it
3245 # could delete all your disk files.
3246 import os
3247 for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk(top, topdown=False):
3248 for name in files:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003249 os.unlink(name, dir_fd=rootfd)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003250 for name in dirs:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003251 os.rmdir(name, dir_fd=rootfd)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003252
Serhiy Storchakadb283b32020-03-08 14:31:47 +02003253 .. audit-event:: os.fwalk top,topdown,onerror,follow_symlinks,dir_fd os.fwalk
3254
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003255 .. availability:: Unix.
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003256
3257 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3258
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003259 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3260 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3261
Serhiy Storchaka8f6b3442017-03-07 14:33:21 +02003262 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
3263 Added support for :class:`bytes` paths.
3264
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003265
Zackery Spytz43fdbd22019-05-29 13:57:07 -06003266.. function:: memfd_create(name[, flags=os.MFD_CLOEXEC])
3267
3268 Create an anonymous file and return a file descriptor that refers to it.
3269 *flags* must be one of the ``os.MFD_*`` constants available on the system
3270 (or a bitwise ORed combination of them). By default, the new file
3271 descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
3272
Victor Stinnerccf0efb2019-06-05 12:24:52 +02003273 The name supplied in *name* is used as a filename and will be displayed as
3274 the target of the corresponding symbolic link in the directory
3275 ``/proc/self/fd/``. The displayed name is always prefixed with ``memfd:``
3276 and serves only for debugging purposes. Names do not affect the behavior of
3277 the file descriptor, and as such multiple files can have the same name
3278 without any side effects.
3279
Zackery Spytz43fdbd22019-05-29 13:57:07 -06003280 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 or newer with glibc 2.27 or newer.
3281
3282 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3283
3284
3285.. data:: MFD_CLOEXEC
3286 MFD_ALLOW_SEALING
3287 MFD_HUGETLB
3288 MFD_HUGE_SHIFT
3289 MFD_HUGE_MASK
3290 MFD_HUGE_64KB
3291 MFD_HUGE_512KB
3292 MFD_HUGE_1MB
3293 MFD_HUGE_2MB
3294 MFD_HUGE_8MB
3295 MFD_HUGE_16MB
3296 MFD_HUGE_32MB
3297 MFD_HUGE_256MB
3298 MFD_HUGE_512MB
3299 MFD_HUGE_1GB
3300 MFD_HUGE_2GB
3301 MFD_HUGE_16GB
3302
3303 These flags can be passed to :func:`memfd_create`.
3304
3305 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 or newer with glibc 2.27 or newer. The
3306 ``MFD_HUGE*`` flags are only available since Linux 4.14.
3307
3308 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3309
3310
Christian Heimescd9fed62020-11-13 19:48:52 +01003311.. function:: eventfd(initval[, flags=os.EFD_CLOEXEC])
3312
3313 Create and return an event file descriptor. The file descriptors supports
3314 raw :func:`read` and :func:`write` with a buffer size of 8,
3315 :func:`~select.select`, :func:`~select.poll` and similar. See man page
3316 :manpage:`eventfd(2)` for more information. By default, the
3317 new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
3318
3319 *initval* is the initial value of the event counter. The initial value
3320 must be an 32 bit unsigned integer. Please note that the initial value is
3321 limited to a 32 bit unsigned int although the event counter is an unsigned
3322 64 bit integer with a maximum value of 2\ :sup:`64`\ -\ 2.
3323
3324 *flags* can be constructed from :const:`EFD_CLOEXEC`,
3325 :const:`EFD_NONBLOCK`, and :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE`.
3326
3327 If :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE` is specified and the event counter is non-zero,
3328 :func:`eventfd_read` returns 1 and decrements the counter by one.
3329
3330 If :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE` is not specified and the event counter is
3331 non-zero, :func:`eventfd_read` returns the current event counter value and
3332 resets the counter to zero.
3333
3334 If the event counter is zero and :const:`EFD_NONBLOCK` is not
3335 specified, :func:`eventfd_read` blocks.
3336
3337 :func:`eventfd_write` increments the event counter. Write blocks if the
3338 write operation would increment the counter to a value larger than
3339 2\ :sup:`64`\ -\ 2.
3340
3341 Example::
3342
3343 import os
3344
3345 # semaphore with start value '1'
3346 fd = os.eventfd(1, os.EFD_SEMAPHORE | os.EFC_CLOEXEC)
3347 try:
3348 # acquire semaphore
3349 v = os.eventfd_read(fd)
3350 try:
3351 do_work()
3352 finally:
3353 # release semaphore
3354 os.eventfd_write(fd, v)
3355 finally:
3356 os.close(fd)
3357
3358 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.27 or newer with glibc 2.8 or newer.
3359
3360 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3361
3362.. function:: eventfd_read(fd)
3363
3364 Read value from an :func:`eventfd` file descriptor and return a 64 bit
3365 unsigned int. The function does not verify that *fd* is an :func:`eventfd`.
3366
3367 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3368
3369 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3370
3371.. function:: eventfd_write(fd, value)
3372
3373 Add value to an :func:`eventfd` file descriptor. *value* must be a 64 bit
3374 unsigned int. The function does not verify that *fd* is an :func:`eventfd`.
3375
3376 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3377
3378 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3379
3380.. data:: EFD_CLOEXEC
3381
3382 Set close-on-exec flag for new :func:`eventfd` file descriptor.
3383
3384 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3385
3386 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3387
3388.. data:: EFD_NONBLOCK
3389
3390 Set :const:`O_NONBLOCK` status flag for new :func:`eventfd` file
3391 descriptor.
3392
3393 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3394
3395 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3396
3397.. data:: EFD_SEMAPHORE
3398
3399 Provide semaphore-like semantics for reads from a :func:`eventfd` file
3400 descriptor. On read the internal counter is decremented by one.
3401
3402 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 or newer with glibc 2.8 or newer.
3403
3404 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3405
3406
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003407Linux extended attributes
3408~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3409
3410.. versionadded:: 3.3
3411
3412These functions are all available on Linux only.
3413
3414.. function:: getxattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3415
3416 Return the value of the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* for
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003417 *path*. *attribute* can be bytes or str (directly or indirectly through the
3418 :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is str, it is encoded with the filesystem
3419 encoding.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003420
3421 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3422 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3423
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003424 .. audit-event:: os.getxattr path,attribute os.getxattr
3425
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003426 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Berker Peksagd4d48742017-02-19 03:17:35 +03003427 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003428
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003429
3430.. function:: listxattr(path=None, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3431
3432 Return a list of the extended filesystem attributes on *path*. The
3433 attributes in the list are represented as strings decoded with the filesystem
3434 encoding. If *path* is ``None``, :func:`listxattr` will examine the current
3435 directory.
3436
3437 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3438 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3439
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003440 .. audit-event:: os.listxattr path os.listxattr
3441
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003442 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3443 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3444
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003445
3446.. function:: removexattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3447
3448 Removes the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* from *path*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003449 *attribute* should be bytes or str (directly or indirectly through the
3450 :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is a string, it is encoded
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +01003451 with the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003452
3453 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3454 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3455
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003456 .. audit-event:: os.removexattr path,attribute os.removexattr
3457
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003458 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3459 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
3460
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003461
3462.. function:: setxattr(path, attribute, value, flags=0, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3463
3464 Set the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* on *path* to *value*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003465 *attribute* must be a bytes or str with no embedded NULs (directly or
3466 indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is a str,
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +01003467 it is encoded with the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`. *flags* may be
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003468 :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` or :data:`XATTR_CREATE`. If :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` is
3469 given and the attribute does not exist, ``EEXISTS`` will be raised.
3470 If :data:`XATTR_CREATE` is given and the attribute already exists, the
3471 attribute will not be created and ``ENODATA`` will be raised.
3472
3473 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3474 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3475
3476 .. note::
3477
3478 A bug in Linux kernel versions less than 2.6.39 caused the flags argument
3479 to be ignored on some filesystems.
3480
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003481 .. audit-event:: os.setxattr path,attribute,value,flags os.setxattr
3482
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003483 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3484 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
3485
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003486
3487.. data:: XATTR_SIZE_MAX
3488
3489 The maximum size the value of an extended attribute can be. Currently, this
Serhiy Storchakaf8def282013-02-16 17:29:56 +02003490 is 64 KiB on Linux.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003491
3492
3493.. data:: XATTR_CREATE
3494
3495 This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It
3496 indicates the operation must create an attribute.
3497
3498
3499.. data:: XATTR_REPLACE
3500
3501 This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It
3502 indicates the operation must replace an existing attribute.
3503
3504
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003505.. _os-process:
3506
3507Process Management
3508------------------
3509
3510These functions may be used to create and manage processes.
3511
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003512The various :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions take a list of arguments for the new
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003513program loaded into the process. In each case, the first of these arguments is
3514passed to the new program as its own name rather than as an argument a user may
3515have typed on a command line. For the C programmer, this is the ``argv[0]``
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00003516passed to a program's :c:func:`main`. For example, ``os.execv('/bin/echo',
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003517['foo', 'bar'])`` will only print ``bar`` on standard output; ``foo`` will seem
3518to be ignored.
3519
3520
3521.. function:: abort()
3522
3523 Generate a :const:`SIGABRT` signal to the current process. On Unix, the default
3524 behavior is to produce a core dump; on Windows, the process immediately returns
Victor Stinner6e2e3b92011-07-08 02:26:39 +02003525 an exit code of ``3``. Be aware that calling this function will not call the
3526 Python signal handler registered for :const:`SIGABRT` with
3527 :func:`signal.signal`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003528
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003529
Steve Dower2438cdf2019-03-29 16:37:16 -07003530.. function:: add_dll_directory(path)
3531
3532 Add a path to the DLL search path.
3533
3534 This search path is used when resolving dependencies for imported
3535 extension modules (the module itself is resolved through sys.path),
3536 and also by :mod:`ctypes`.
3537
3538 Remove the directory by calling **close()** on the returned object
3539 or using it in a :keyword:`with` statement.
3540
3541 See the `Microsoft documentation
3542 <https://msdn.microsoft.com/44228cf2-6306-466c-8f16-f513cd3ba8b5>`_
3543 for more information about how DLLs are loaded.
3544
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003545 .. audit-event:: os.add_dll_directory path os.add_dll_directory
3546
Steve Dower2438cdf2019-03-29 16:37:16 -07003547 .. availability:: Windows.
3548
3549 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3550 Previous versions of CPython would resolve DLLs using the default
3551 behavior for the current process. This led to inconsistencies,
3552 such as only sometimes searching :envvar:`PATH` or the current
3553 working directory, and OS functions such as ``AddDllDirectory``
3554 having no effect.
3555
3556 In 3.8, the two primary ways DLLs are loaded now explicitly
3557 override the process-wide behavior to ensure consistency. See the
3558 :ref:`porting notes <bpo-36085-whatsnew>` for information on
3559 updating libraries.
3560
3561
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003562.. function:: execl(path, arg0, arg1, ...)
3563 execle(path, arg0, arg1, ..., env)
3564 execlp(file, arg0, arg1, ...)
3565 execlpe(file, arg0, arg1, ..., env)
3566 execv(path, args)
3567 execve(path, args, env)
3568 execvp(file, args)
3569 execvpe(file, args, env)
3570
3571 These functions all execute a new program, replacing the current process; they
3572 do not return. On Unix, the new executable is loaded into the current process,
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003573 and will have the same process id as the caller. Errors will be reported as
Georg Brandl48310cd2009-01-03 21:18:54 +00003574 :exc:`OSError` exceptions.
Benjamin Petersone9bbc8b2008-09-28 02:06:32 +00003575
3576 The current process is replaced immediately. Open file objects and
3577 descriptors are not flushed, so if there may be data buffered
3578 on these open files, you should flush them using
3579 :func:`sys.stdout.flush` or :func:`os.fsync` before calling an
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003580 :func:`exec\* <execl>` function.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003581
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003582 The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions differ in how
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003583 command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003584 to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the
3585 individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the :func:`execl\*`
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003586 functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of parameters is
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003587 variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as the *args*
3588 parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process should start with
3589 the name of the command being run, but this is not enforced.
3590
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003591 The variants which include a "p" near the end (:func:`execlp`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003592 :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execvp`, and :func:`execvpe`) will use the
3593 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003594 environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`exec\*e <execl>` variants,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003595 discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of
3596 the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`execl`, :func:`execle`,
3597 :func:`execv`, and :func:`execve`, will not use the :envvar:`PATH` variable to
3598 locate the executable; *path* must contain an appropriate absolute or relative
3599 path.
3600
3601 For :func:`execle`, :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execve`, and :func:`execvpe` (note
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003602 that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping which is
Christian Heimesa342c012008-04-20 21:01:16 +00003603 used to define the environment variables for the new process (these are used
3604 instead of the current process' environment); the functions :func:`execl`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003605 :func:`execlp`, :func:`execv`, and :func:`execvp` all cause the new process to
Georg Brandl48310cd2009-01-03 21:18:54 +00003606 inherit the environment of the current process.
Benjamin Petersone9bbc8b2008-09-28 02:06:32 +00003607
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003608 For :func:`execve` on some platforms, *path* may also be specified as an open
3609 file descriptor. This functionality may not be supported on your platform;
3610 you can check whether or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_fd`.
3611 If it is unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
3612
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003613 .. audit-event:: os.exec path,args,env os.execl
3614
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003615 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003616
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003617 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04003618 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003619 for :func:`execve`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003620
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003621 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3622 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3623
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003624.. function:: _exit(n)
3625
Georg Brandl6f4e68d2010-10-17 10:51:45 +00003626 Exit the process with status *n*, without calling cleanup handlers, flushing
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003627 stdio buffers, etc.
3628
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003629 .. note::
3630
Georg Brandl6f4e68d2010-10-17 10:51:45 +00003631 The standard way to exit is ``sys.exit(n)``. :func:`_exit` should
3632 normally only be used in the child process after a :func:`fork`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003633
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003634The following exit codes are defined and can be used with :func:`_exit`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003635although they are not required. These are typically used for system programs
3636written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program.
3637
3638.. note::
3639
3640 Some of these may not be available on all Unix platforms, since there is some
3641 variation. These constants are defined where they are defined by the underlying
3642 platform.
3643
3644
3645.. data:: EX_OK
3646
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003647 Exit code that means no error occurred.
3648
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003649 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003650
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003651
3652.. data:: EX_USAGE
3653
3654 Exit code that means the command was used incorrectly, such as when the wrong
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003655 number of arguments are given.
3656
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003657 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003658
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003659
3660.. data:: EX_DATAERR
3661
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003662 Exit code that means the input data was incorrect.
3663
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003664 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003665
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003666
3667.. data:: EX_NOINPUT
3668
3669 Exit code that means an input file did not exist or was not readable.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003670
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003671 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003672
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003673
3674.. data:: EX_NOUSER
3675
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003676 Exit code that means a specified user did not exist.
3677
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003678 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003679
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003680
3681.. data:: EX_NOHOST
3682
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003683 Exit code that means a specified host did not exist.
3684
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003685 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003686
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003687
3688.. data:: EX_UNAVAILABLE
3689
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003690 Exit code that means that a required service is unavailable.
3691
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003692 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003693
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003694
3695.. data:: EX_SOFTWARE
3696
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003697 Exit code that means an internal software error was detected.
3698
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003699 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003700
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003701
3702.. data:: EX_OSERR
3703
3704 Exit code that means an operating system error was detected, such as the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003705 inability to fork or create a pipe.
3706
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003707 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003708
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003709
3710.. data:: EX_OSFILE
3711
3712 Exit code that means some system file did not exist, could not be opened, or had
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003713 some other kind of error.
3714
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003715 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003716
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003717
3718.. data:: EX_CANTCREAT
3719
3720 Exit code that means a user specified output file could not be created.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003721
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003722 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003723
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003724
3725.. data:: EX_IOERR
3726
3727 Exit code that means that an error occurred while doing I/O on some file.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003728
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003729 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003730
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003731
3732.. data:: EX_TEMPFAIL
3733
3734 Exit code that means a temporary failure occurred. This indicates something
3735 that may not really be an error, such as a network connection that couldn't be
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003736 made during a retryable operation.
3737
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003738 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003739
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003740
3741.. data:: EX_PROTOCOL
3742
3743 Exit code that means that a protocol exchange was illegal, invalid, or not
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003744 understood.
3745
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003746 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003747
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003748
3749.. data:: EX_NOPERM
3750
3751 Exit code that means that there were insufficient permissions to perform the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003752 operation (but not intended for file system problems).
3753
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003754 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003755
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003756
3757.. data:: EX_CONFIG
3758
3759 Exit code that means that some kind of configuration error occurred.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003760
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003761 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003762
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003763
3764.. data:: EX_NOTFOUND
3765
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003766 Exit code that means something like "an entry was not found".
3767
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003768 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003769
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003770
3771.. function:: fork()
3772
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003773 Fork a child process. Return ``0`` in the child and the child's process id in the
Christian Heimesdd15f6c2008-03-16 00:07:10 +00003774 parent. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised.
Benjamin Petersonbcd8ac32008-10-10 22:20:52 +00003775
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -07003776 Note that some platforms including FreeBSD <= 6.3 and Cygwin have
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003777 known issues when using ``fork()`` from a thread.
3778
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003779 .. audit-event:: os.fork "" os.fork
3780
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003781 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3782 Calling ``fork()`` in a subinterpreter is no longer supported
3783 (:exc:`RuntimeError` is raised).
Benjamin Petersonbcd8ac32008-10-10 22:20:52 +00003784
Christian Heimes3046fe42013-10-29 21:08:56 +01003785 .. warning::
3786
3787 See :mod:`ssl` for applications that use the SSL module with fork().
3788
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003789 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003790
3791
3792.. function:: forkpty()
3793
3794 Fork a child process, using a new pseudo-terminal as the child's controlling
3795 terminal. Return a pair of ``(pid, fd)``, where *pid* is ``0`` in the child, the
3796 new child's process id in the parent, and *fd* is the file descriptor of the
3797 master end of the pseudo-terminal. For a more portable approach, use the
Christian Heimesdd15f6c2008-03-16 00:07:10 +00003798 :mod:`pty` module. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003799
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003800 .. audit-event:: os.forkpty "" os.forkpty
3801
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003802 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3803 Calling ``forkpty()`` in a subinterpreter is no longer supported
3804 (:exc:`RuntimeError` is raised).
3805
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003806 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003807
3808
3809.. function:: kill(pid, sig)
3810
3811 .. index::
3812 single: process; killing
3813 single: process; signalling
3814
3815 Send signal *sig* to the process *pid*. Constants for the specific signals
3816 available on the host platform are defined in the :mod:`signal` module.
Brian Curtineb24d742010-04-12 17:16:38 +00003817
3818 Windows: The :data:`signal.CTRL_C_EVENT` and
3819 :data:`signal.CTRL_BREAK_EVENT` signals are special signals which can
3820 only be sent to console processes which share a common console window,
3821 e.g., some subprocesses. Any other value for *sig* will cause the process
3822 to be unconditionally killed by the TerminateProcess API, and the exit code
3823 will be set to *sig*. The Windows version of :func:`kill` additionally takes
3824 process handles to be killed.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003825
Victor Stinnerb3e72192011-05-08 01:46:11 +02003826 See also :func:`signal.pthread_kill`.
3827
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003828 .. audit-event:: os.kill pid,sig os.kill
3829
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +00003830 .. versionadded:: 3.2
3831 Windows support.
Brian Curtin904bd392010-04-20 15:28:06 +00003832
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003833
3834.. function:: killpg(pgid, sig)
3835
3836 .. index::
3837 single: process; killing
3838 single: process; signalling
3839
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003840 Send the signal *sig* to the process group *pgid*.
3841
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003842 .. audit-event:: os.killpg pgid,sig os.killpg
3843
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003844 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003845
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003846
3847.. function:: nice(increment)
3848
3849 Add *increment* to the process's "niceness". Return the new niceness.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003850
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003851 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003852
3853
Benjamin Peterson6c4c45e2019-11-05 19:21:29 -08003854.. function:: pidfd_open(pid, flags=0)
3855
3856 Return a file descriptor referring to the process *pid*. This descriptor can
3857 be used to perform process management without races and signals. The *flags*
3858 argument is provided for future extensions; no flag values are currently
3859 defined.
3860
3861 See the :manpage:`pidfd_open(2)` man page for more details.
3862
3863 .. availability:: Linux 5.3+
3864 .. versionadded:: 3.9
3865
3866
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003867.. function:: plock(op)
3868
3869 Lock program segments into memory. The value of *op* (defined in
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003870 ``<sys/lock.h>``) determines which segments are locked.
3871
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003872 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003873
3874
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003875.. function:: popen(cmd, mode='r', buffering=-1)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003876
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003877 Open a pipe to or from command *cmd*.
3878 The return value is an open file object
Andrew Kuchlingf5a42922014-04-16 09:10:53 -04003879 connected to the pipe, which can be read or written depending on whether *mode*
3880 is ``'r'`` (default) or ``'w'``. The *buffering* argument has the same meaning as
3881 the corresponding argument to the built-in :func:`open` function. The
3882 returned file object reads or writes text strings rather than bytes.
3883
3884 The ``close`` method returns :const:`None` if the subprocess exited
3885 successfully, or the subprocess's return code if there was an
3886 error. On POSIX systems, if the return code is positive it
3887 represents the return value of the process left-shifted by one
3888 byte. If the return code is negative, the process was terminated
3889 by the signal given by the negated value of the return code. (For
3890 example, the return value might be ``- signal.SIGKILL`` if the
3891 subprocess was killed.) On Windows systems, the return value
3892 contains the signed integer return code from the child process.
3893
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02003894 On Unix, :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the ``close``
3895 method result (exit status) into an exit code if it is not ``None``. On
3896 Windows, the ``close`` method result is directly the exit code
3897 (or ``None``).
3898
Andrew Kuchlingf5a42922014-04-16 09:10:53 -04003899 This is implemented using :class:`subprocess.Popen`; see that class's
3900 documentation for more powerful ways to manage and communicate with
3901 subprocesses.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003902
3903
Serhiy Storchakad700f972018-09-08 14:48:18 +03003904.. function:: posix_spawn(path, argv, env, *, file_actions=None, \
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003905 setpgroup=None, resetids=False, setsid=False, setsigmask=(), \
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003906 setsigdef=(), scheduler=None)
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003907
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003908 Wraps the :c:func:`posix_spawn` C library API for use from Python.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003909
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003910 Most users should use :func:`subprocess.run` instead of :func:`posix_spawn`.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003911
Serhiy Storchakad700f972018-09-08 14:48:18 +03003912 The positional-only arguments *path*, *args*, and *env* are similar to
3913 :func:`execve`.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003914
Tomer Cohen5b57fa62020-10-20 12:08:58 +03003915 The *path* parameter is the path to the executable file. The *path* should
3916 contain a directory. Use :func:`posix_spawnp` to pass an executable file
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003917 without directory.
3918
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003919 The *file_actions* argument may be a sequence of tuples describing actions
3920 to take on specific file descriptors in the child process between the C
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003921 library implementation's :c:func:`fork` and :c:func:`exec` steps.
3922 The first item in each tuple must be one of the three type indicator
3923 listed below describing the remaining tuple elements:
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003924
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003925 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_OPEN
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003926
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003927 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_OPEN``, *fd*, *path*, *flags*, *mode*)
3928
3929 Performs ``os.dup2(os.open(path, flags, mode), fd)``.
3930
3931 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_CLOSE
3932
3933 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_CLOSE``, *fd*)
3934
3935 Performs ``os.close(fd)``.
3936
3937 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_DUP2
3938
3939 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_DUP2``, *fd*, *new_fd*)
3940
3941 Performs ``os.dup2(fd, new_fd)``.
3942
3943 These tuples correspond to the C library
3944 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen`,
3945 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose`, and
3946 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2` API calls used to prepare
3947 for the :c:func:`posix_spawn` call itself.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003948
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003949 The *setpgroup* argument will set the process group of the child to the value
3950 specified. If the value specified is 0, the child's process group ID will be
3951 made the same as its process ID. If the value of *setpgroup* is not set, the
3952 child will inherit the parent's process group ID. This argument corresponds
3953 to the C library :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP` flag.
3954
3955 If the *resetids* argument is ``True`` it will reset the effective UID and
3956 GID of the child to the real UID and GID of the parent process. If the
3957 argument is ``False``, then the child retains the effective UID and GID of
3958 the parent. In either case, if the set-user-ID and set-group-ID permission
3959 bits are enabled on the executable file, their effect will override the
3960 setting of the effective UID and GID. This argument corresponds to the C
3961 library :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS` flag.
3962
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003963 If the *setsid* argument is ``True``, it will create a new session ID
3964 for `posix_spawn`. *setsid* requires :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID`
3965 or :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID_NP` flag. Otherwise, :exc:`NotImplementedError`
3966 is raised.
3967
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003968 The *setsigmask* argument will set the signal mask to the signal set
3969 specified. If the parameter is not used, then the child inherits the
3970 parent's signal mask. This argument corresponds to the C library
3971 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK` flag.
3972
3973 The *sigdef* argument will reset the disposition of all signals in the set
3974 specified. This argument corresponds to the C library
3975 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF` flag.
3976
3977 The *scheduler* argument must be a tuple containing the (optional) scheduler
3978 policy and an instance of :class:`sched_param` with the scheduler parameters.
3979 A value of ``None`` in the place of the scheduler policy indicates that is
3980 not being provided. This argument is a combination of the C library
3981 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM` and :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER`
3982 flags.
3983
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003984 .. audit-event:: os.posix_spawn path,argv,env os.posix_spawn
3985
Mark Williams8b504002019-03-03 09:42:25 -08003986 .. versionadded:: 3.8
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003987
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003988 .. availability:: Unix.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003989
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003990.. function:: posix_spawnp(path, argv, env, *, file_actions=None, \
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003991 setpgroup=None, resetids=False, setsid=False, setsigmask=(), \
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003992 setsigdef=(), scheduler=None)
3993
3994 Wraps the :c:func:`posix_spawnp` C library API for use from Python.
3995
3996 Similar to :func:`posix_spawn` except that the system searches
3997 for the *executable* file in the list of directories specified by the
3998 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable (in the same way as for ``execvp(3)``).
3999
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004000 .. audit-event:: os.posix_spawn path,argv,env os.posix_spawnp
4001
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03004002 .. versionadded:: 3.8
4003
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03004004 .. availability:: See :func:`posix_spawn` documentation.
4005
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03004006
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004007.. function:: register_at_fork(*, before=None, after_in_parent=None, \
4008 after_in_child=None)
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004009
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004010 Register callables to be executed when a new child process is forked
4011 using :func:`os.fork` or similar process cloning APIs.
4012 The parameters are optional and keyword-only.
4013 Each specifies a different call point.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004014
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004015 * *before* is a function called before forking a child process.
4016 * *after_in_parent* is a function called from the parent process
4017 after forking a child process.
4018 * *after_in_child* is a function called from the child process.
4019
4020 These calls are only made if control is expected to return to the
4021 Python interpreter. A typical :mod:`subprocess` launch will not
4022 trigger them as the child is not going to re-enter the interpreter.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004023
4024 Functions registered for execution before forking are called in
4025 reverse registration order. Functions registered for execution
4026 after forking (either in the parent or in the child) are called
4027 in registration order.
4028
4029 Note that :c:func:`fork` calls made by third-party C code may not
4030 call those functions, unless it explicitly calls :c:func:`PyOS_BeforeFork`,
4031 :c:func:`PyOS_AfterFork_Parent` and :c:func:`PyOS_AfterFork_Child`.
4032
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004033 There is no way to unregister a function.
4034
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004035 .. availability:: Unix.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004036
4037 .. versionadded:: 3.7
4038
4039
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004040.. function:: spawnl(mode, path, ...)
4041 spawnle(mode, path, ..., env)
4042 spawnlp(mode, file, ...)
4043 spawnlpe(mode, file, ..., env)
4044 spawnv(mode, path, args)
4045 spawnve(mode, path, args, env)
4046 spawnvp(mode, file, args)
4047 spawnvpe(mode, file, args, env)
4048
4049 Execute the program *path* in a new process.
4050
4051 (Note that the :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for
4052 spawning new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is
Benjamin Peterson87c8d872009-06-11 22:54:11 +00004053 preferable to using these functions. Check especially the
4054 :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section.)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004055
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004056 If *mode* is :const:`P_NOWAIT`, this function returns the process id of the new
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004057 process; if *mode* is :const:`P_WAIT`, returns the process's exit code if it
4058 exits normally, or ``-signal``, where *signal* is the signal that killed the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004059 process. On Windows, the process id will actually be the process handle, so can
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004060 be used with the :func:`waitpid` function.
4061
pxinwrf2d7ac72019-05-21 18:46:37 +08004062 Note on VxWorks, this function doesn't return ``-signal`` when the new process is
4063 killed. Instead it raises OSError exception.
4064
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004065 The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions differ in how
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004066 command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004067 to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the
4068 individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004069 :func:`spawnl\*` functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004070 parameters is variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as
4071 the *args* parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process must
4072 start with the name of the command being run.
4073
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004074 The variants which include a second "p" near the end (:func:`spawnlp`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004075 :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`, and :func:`spawnvpe`) will use the
4076 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004077 environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`spawn\*e <spawnl>` variants,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004078 discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of
4079 the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`spawnl`,
4080 :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnve`, will not use the
4081 :envvar:`PATH` variable to locate the executable; *path* must contain an
4082 appropriate absolute or relative path.
4083
4084 For :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnve`, and :func:`spawnvpe`
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004085 (note that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping
Christian Heimesa342c012008-04-20 21:01:16 +00004086 which is used to define the environment variables for the new process (they are
4087 used instead of the current process' environment); the functions
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004088 :func:`spawnl`, :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnvp` all cause
Benjamin Petersond23f8222009-04-05 19:13:16 +00004089 the new process to inherit the environment of the current process. Note that
4090 keys and values in the *env* dictionary must be strings; invalid keys or
4091 values will cause the function to fail, with a return value of ``127``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004092
4093 As an example, the following calls to :func:`spawnlp` and :func:`spawnvpe` are
4094 equivalent::
4095
4096 import os
4097 os.spawnlp(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', 'cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null')
4098
4099 L = ['cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null']
4100 os.spawnvpe(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', L, os.environ)
4101
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004102 .. audit-event:: os.spawn mode,path,args,env os.spawnl
4103
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004104 .. availability:: Unix, Windows. :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`
4105 and :func:`spawnvpe` are not available on Windows. :func:`spawnle` and
4106 :func:`spawnve` are not thread-safe on Windows; we advise you to use the
4107 :mod:`subprocess` module instead.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004108
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07004109 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
4110 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
4111
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004112
4113.. data:: P_NOWAIT
4114 P_NOWAITO
4115
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004116 Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004117 functions. If either of these values is given, the :func:`spawn\*` functions
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004118 will return as soon as the new process has been created, with the process id as
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004119 the return value.
4120
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004121 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004122
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004123
4124.. data:: P_WAIT
4125
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004126 Possible value for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004127 functions. If this is given as *mode*, the :func:`spawn\*` functions will not
4128 return until the new process has run to completion and will return the exit code
4129 of the process the run is successful, or ``-signal`` if a signal kills the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004130 process.
4131
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004132 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004133
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004134
4135.. data:: P_DETACH
4136 P_OVERLAY
4137
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004138 Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004139 functions. These are less portable than those listed above. :const:`P_DETACH`
4140 is similar to :const:`P_NOWAIT`, but the new process is detached from the
4141 console of the calling process. If :const:`P_OVERLAY` is used, the current
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004142 process will be replaced; the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` function will not return.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004143
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004144 .. availability:: Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004145
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004146
4147.. function:: startfile(path[, operation])
4148
4149 Start a file with its associated application.
4150
4151 When *operation* is not specified or ``'open'``, this acts like double-clicking
4152 the file in Windows Explorer, or giving the file name as an argument to the
4153 :program:`start` command from the interactive command shell: the file is opened
4154 with whatever application (if any) its extension is associated.
4155
4156 When another *operation* is given, it must be a "command verb" that specifies
4157 what should be done with the file. Common verbs documented by Microsoft are
4158 ``'print'`` and ``'edit'`` (to be used on files) as well as ``'explore'`` and
4159 ``'find'`` (to be used on directories).
4160
4161 :func:`startfile` returns as soon as the associated application is launched.
4162 There is no option to wait for the application to close, and no way to retrieve
4163 the application's exit status. The *path* parameter is relative to the current
4164 directory. If you want to use an absolute path, make sure the first character
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00004165 is not a slash (``'/'``); the underlying Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute` function
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004166 doesn't work if it is. Use the :func:`os.path.normpath` function to ensure that
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004167 the path is properly encoded for Win32.
4168
Steve Dower7d0e0c92015-01-24 08:18:24 -08004169 To reduce interpreter startup overhead, the Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute`
4170 function is not resolved until this function is first called. If the function
4171 cannot be resolved, :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised.
4172
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004173 .. audit-event:: os.startfile path,operation os.startfile
4174
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004175 .. availability:: Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004176
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004177
4178.. function:: system(command)
4179
4180 Execute the command (a string) in a subshell. This is implemented by calling
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00004181 the Standard C function :c:func:`system`, and has the same limitations.
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004182 Changes to :data:`sys.stdin`, etc. are not reflected in the environment of
4183 the executed command. If *command* generates any output, it will be sent to
4184 the interpreter standard output stream.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004185
4186 On Unix, the return value is the exit status of the process encoded in the
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004187 format specified for :func:`wait`. Note that POSIX does not specify the
4188 meaning of the return value of the C :c:func:`system` function, so the return
4189 value of the Python function is system-dependent.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004190
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004191 On Windows, the return value is that returned by the system shell after
4192 running *command*. The shell is given by the Windows environment variable
4193 :envvar:`COMSPEC`: it is usually :program:`cmd.exe`, which returns the exit
4194 status of the command run; on systems using a non-native shell, consult your
4195 shell documentation.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004196
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004197 The :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for spawning
4198 new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is preferable
4199 to using this function. See the :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section in
4200 the :mod:`subprocess` documentation for some helpful recipes.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004201
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004202 On Unix, :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the result
4203 (exit status) into an exit code. On Windows, the result is directly the exit
4204 code.
4205
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07004206 .. audit-event:: os.system command os.system
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07004207
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004208 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004209
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004210
4211.. function:: times()
4212
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004213 Returns the current global process times.
4214 The return value is an object with five attributes:
4215
4216 * :attr:`user` - user time
4217 * :attr:`system` - system time
4218 * :attr:`children_user` - user time of all child processes
4219 * :attr:`children_system` - system time of all child processes
4220 * :attr:`elapsed` - elapsed real time since a fixed point in the past
4221
4222 For backwards compatibility, this object also behaves like a five-tuple
4223 containing :attr:`user`, :attr:`system`, :attr:`children_user`,
4224 :attr:`children_system`, and :attr:`elapsed` in that order.
4225
4226 See the Unix manual page
Joannah Nanjekye3ccdbc32019-09-07 04:05:29 -03004227 :manpage:`times(2)` and :manpage:`times(3)` manual page on Unix or `the GetProcessTimes MSDN
Roger Hurwitz37c55b22020-02-10 14:50:19 -08004228 <https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/win32/api/processthreadsapi/nf-processthreadsapi-getprocesstimes>`_
4229 on Windows. On Windows, only :attr:`user` and :attr:`system` are known; the other attributes are zero.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004230
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004231 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004232
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004233 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
4234 Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object
4235 with named attributes.
4236
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004237
4238.. function:: wait()
4239
4240 Wait for completion of a child process, and return a tuple containing its pid
4241 and exit status indication: a 16-bit number, whose low byte is the signal number
4242 that killed the process, and whose high byte is the exit status (if the signal
4243 number is zero); the high bit of the low byte is set if a core file was
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004244 produced.
4245
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004246 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4247 exit code.
4248
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004249 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004250
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004251 .. seealso::
4252
4253 :func:`waitpid` can be used to wait for the completion of a specific
4254 child process and has more options.
4255
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004256.. function:: waitid(idtype, id, options)
4257
4258 Wait for the completion of one or more child processes.
Benjamin Peterson5c0c3252019-11-05 21:58:31 -08004259 *idtype* can be :data:`P_PID`, :data:`P_PGID`, :data:`P_ALL`, or
4260 :data:`P_PIDFD` on Linux.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004261 *id* specifies the pid to wait on.
4262 *options* is constructed from the ORing of one or more of :data:`WEXITED`,
4263 :data:`WSTOPPED` or :data:`WCONTINUED` and additionally may be ORed with
4264 :data:`WNOHANG` or :data:`WNOWAIT`. The return value is an object
4265 representing the data contained in the :c:type:`siginfo_t` structure, namely:
4266 :attr:`si_pid`, :attr:`si_uid`, :attr:`si_signo`, :attr:`si_status`,
4267 :attr:`si_code` or ``None`` if :data:`WNOHANG` is specified and there are no
4268 children in a waitable state.
4269
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004270 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004271
4272 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4273
4274.. data:: P_PID
4275 P_PGID
4276 P_ALL
4277
4278 These are the possible values for *idtype* in :func:`waitid`. They affect
4279 how *id* is interpreted.
4280
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004281 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004282
4283 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4284
Benjamin Peterson5c0c3252019-11-05 21:58:31 -08004285.. data:: P_PIDFD
4286
4287 This is a Linux-specific *idtype* that indicates that *id* is a file
4288 descriptor that refers to a process.
4289
4290 .. availability:: Linux 5.4+
4291
4292 .. versionadded:: 3.9
4293
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004294.. data:: WEXITED
4295 WSTOPPED
4296 WNOWAIT
4297
4298 Flags that can be used in *options* in :func:`waitid` that specify what
4299 child signal to wait for.
4300
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004301 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004302
4303 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4304
4305
4306.. data:: CLD_EXITED
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004307 CLD_KILLED
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004308 CLD_DUMPED
4309 CLD_TRAPPED
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004310 CLD_STOPPED
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004311 CLD_CONTINUED
4312
4313 These are the possible values for :attr:`si_code` in the result returned by
4314 :func:`waitid`.
4315
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004316 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004317
4318 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4319
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004320 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
4321 Added :data:`CLD_KILLED` and :data:`CLD_STOPPED` values.
4322
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004323
4324.. function:: waitpid(pid, options)
4325
4326 The details of this function differ on Unix and Windows.
4327
4328 On Unix: Wait for completion of a child process given by process id *pid*, and
4329 return a tuple containing its process id and exit status indication (encoded as
4330 for :func:`wait`). The semantics of the call are affected by the value of the
4331 integer *options*, which should be ``0`` for normal operation.
4332
4333 If *pid* is greater than ``0``, :func:`waitpid` requests status information for
4334 that specific process. If *pid* is ``0``, the request is for the status of any
4335 child in the process group of the current process. If *pid* is ``-1``, the
4336 request pertains to any child of the current process. If *pid* is less than
4337 ``-1``, status is requested for any process in the process group ``-pid`` (the
4338 absolute value of *pid*).
4339
Benjamin Peterson4cd6a952008-08-17 20:23:46 +00004340 An :exc:`OSError` is raised with the value of errno when the syscall
4341 returns -1.
4342
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004343 On Windows: Wait for completion of a process given by process handle *pid*, and
4344 return a tuple containing *pid*, and its exit status shifted left by 8 bits
4345 (shifting makes cross-platform use of the function easier). A *pid* less than or
4346 equal to ``0`` has no special meaning on Windows, and raises an exception. The
4347 value of integer *options* has no effect. *pid* can refer to any process whose
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004348 id is known, not necessarily a child process. The :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>`
4349 functions called with :const:`P_NOWAIT` return suitable process handles.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004350
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004351 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4352 exit code.
4353
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01004354 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02004355 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01004356 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
4357 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
4358
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004359
Ezio Melottiba4d8ed2012-11-23 19:45:52 +02004360.. function:: wait3(options)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004361
4362 Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except no process id argument is given and a
Serhiy Storchaka3f819ca2018-10-31 02:26:06 +02004363 3-element tuple containing the child's process id, exit status indication,
4364 and resource usage information is returned. Refer to
4365 :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on resource usage
4366 information. The option argument is the same as that provided to
4367 :func:`waitpid` and :func:`wait4`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004368
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004369 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4370 exitcode.
4371
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004372 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004373
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004374
Victor Stinner4195b5c2012-02-08 23:03:19 +01004375.. function:: wait4(pid, options)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004376
4377 Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except a 3-element tuple, containing the child's
4378 process id, exit status indication, and resource usage information is returned.
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004379 Refer to :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on
4380 resource usage information. The arguments to :func:`wait4` are the same
4381 as those provided to :func:`waitpid`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004382
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004383 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4384 exitcode.
4385
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004386 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004387
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004388
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004389.. function:: waitstatus_to_exitcode(status)
4390
4391 Convert a wait status to an exit code.
4392
4393 On Unix:
4394
4395 * If the process exited normally (if ``WIFEXITED(status)`` is true),
4396 return the process exit status (return ``WEXITSTATUS(status)``):
4397 result greater than or equal to 0.
4398 * If the process was terminated by a signal (if ``WIFSIGNALED(status)`` is
4399 true), return ``-signum`` where *signum* is the number of the signal that
4400 caused the process to terminate (return ``-WTERMSIG(status)``):
4401 result less than 0.
4402 * Otherwise, raise a :exc:`ValueError`.
4403
4404 On Windows, return *status* shifted right by 8 bits.
4405
4406 On Unix, if the process is being traced or if :func:`waitpid` was called
4407 with :data:`WUNTRACED` option, the caller must first check if
4408 ``WIFSTOPPED(status)`` is true. This function must not be called if
4409 ``WIFSTOPPED(status)`` is true.
4410
4411 .. seealso::
4412
4413 :func:`WIFEXITED`, :func:`WEXITSTATUS`, :func:`WIFSIGNALED`,
4414 :func:`WTERMSIG`, :func:`WIFSTOPPED`, :func:`WSTOPSIG` functions.
4415
4416 .. versionadded:: 3.9
4417
4418
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004419.. data:: WNOHANG
4420
4421 The option for :func:`waitpid` to return immediately if no child process status
4422 is available immediately. The function returns ``(0, 0)`` in this case.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004423
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004424 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004425
4426
4427.. data:: WCONTINUED
4428
4429 This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been continued
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004430 from a job control stop since their status was last reported.
4431
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004432 .. availability:: some Unix systems.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004433
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004434
4435.. data:: WUNTRACED
4436
4437 This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been stopped but
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004438 their current state has not been reported since they were stopped.
4439
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004440 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004441
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004442
4443The following functions take a process status code as returned by
4444:func:`system`, :func:`wait`, or :func:`waitpid` as a parameter. They may be
4445used to determine the disposition of a process.
4446
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004447.. function:: WCOREDUMP(status)
4448
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004449 Return ``True`` if a core dump was generated for the process, otherwise
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004450 return ``False``.
4451
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004452 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSIGNALED` is true.
4453
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004454 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004455
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004456
4457.. function:: WIFCONTINUED(status)
4458
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004459 Return ``True`` if a stopped child has been resumed by delivery of
4460 :data:`~signal.SIGCONT` (if the process has been continued from a job
4461 control stop), otherwise return ``False``.
4462
4463 See :data:`WCONTINUED` option.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004464
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004465 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004466
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004467
4468.. function:: WIFSTOPPED(status)
4469
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004470 Return ``True`` if the process was stopped by delivery of a signal,
4471 otherwise return ``False``.
4472
4473 :func:`WIFSTOPPED` only returns ``True`` if the :func:`waitpid` call was
4474 done using :data:`WUNTRACED` option or when the process is being traced (see
4475 :manpage:`ptrace(2)`).
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004476
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004477 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004478
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004479.. function:: WIFSIGNALED(status)
4480
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004481 Return ``True`` if the process was terminated by a signal, otherwise return
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004482 ``False``.
4483
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004484 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004485
4486
4487.. function:: WIFEXITED(status)
4488
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004489 Return ``True`` if the process exited terminated normally, that is,
4490 by calling ``exit()`` or ``_exit()``, or by returning from ``main()``;
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004491 otherwise return ``False``.
4492
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004493 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004494
4495
4496.. function:: WEXITSTATUS(status)
4497
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004498 Return the process exit status.
4499
4500 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFEXITED` is true.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004501
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004502 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004503
4504
4505.. function:: WSTOPSIG(status)
4506
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004507 Return the signal which caused the process to stop.
4508
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004509 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSTOPPED` is true.
4510
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004511 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004512
4513
4514.. function:: WTERMSIG(status)
4515
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004516 Return the number of the signal that caused the process to terminate.
4517
4518 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSIGNALED` is true.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004519
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004520 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004521
4522
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004523Interface to the scheduler
4524--------------------------
4525
4526These functions control how a process is allocated CPU time by the operating
4527system. They are only available on some Unix platforms. For more detailed
4528information, consult your Unix manpages.
4529
4530.. versionadded:: 3.3
4531
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04004532The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are supported by the
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004533operating system.
4534
4535.. data:: SCHED_OTHER
4536
4537 The default scheduling policy.
4538
4539.. data:: SCHED_BATCH
4540
4541 Scheduling policy for CPU-intensive processes that tries to preserve
4542 interactivity on the rest of the computer.
4543
4544.. data:: SCHED_IDLE
4545
4546 Scheduling policy for extremely low priority background tasks.
4547
4548.. data:: SCHED_SPORADIC
4549
4550 Scheduling policy for sporadic server programs.
4551
4552.. data:: SCHED_FIFO
4553
4554 A First In First Out scheduling policy.
4555
4556.. data:: SCHED_RR
4557
4558 A round-robin scheduling policy.
4559
4560.. data:: SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK
4561
Martin Panter8d56c022016-05-29 04:13:35 +00004562 This flag can be OR'ed with any other scheduling policy. When a process with
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004563 this flag set forks, its child's scheduling policy and priority are reset to
4564 the default.
4565
4566
4567.. class:: sched_param(sched_priority)
4568
4569 This class represents tunable scheduling parameters used in
4570 :func:`sched_setparam`, :func:`sched_setscheduler`, and
4571 :func:`sched_getparam`. It is immutable.
4572
4573 At the moment, there is only one possible parameter:
4574
4575 .. attribute:: sched_priority
4576
4577 The scheduling priority for a scheduling policy.
4578
4579
4580.. function:: sched_get_priority_min(policy)
4581
4582 Get the minimum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the
4583 scheduling policy constants above.
4584
4585
4586.. function:: sched_get_priority_max(policy)
4587
4588 Get the maximum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the
4589 scheduling policy constants above.
4590
4591
4592.. function:: sched_setscheduler(pid, policy, param)
4593
4594 Set the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means
4595 the calling process. *policy* is one of the scheduling policy constants
4596 above. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance.
4597
4598
4599.. function:: sched_getscheduler(pid)
4600
4601 Return the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0
4602 means the calling process. The result is one of the scheduling policy
4603 constants above.
4604
4605
4606.. function:: sched_setparam(pid, param)
4607
4608 Set a scheduling parameters for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means
4609 the calling process. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance.
4610
4611
4612.. function:: sched_getparam(pid)
4613
4614 Return the scheduling parameters as a :class:`sched_param` instance for the
4615 process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means the calling process.
4616
4617
4618.. function:: sched_rr_get_interval(pid)
4619
4620 Return the round-robin quantum in seconds for the process with PID *pid*. A
4621 *pid* of 0 means the calling process.
4622
4623
4624.. function:: sched_yield()
4625
4626 Voluntarily relinquish the CPU.
4627
4628
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004629.. function:: sched_setaffinity(pid, mask)
4630
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004631 Restrict the process with PID *pid* (or the current process if zero) to a
4632 set of CPUs. *mask* is an iterable of integers representing the set of
4633 CPUs to which the process should be restricted.
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004634
4635
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004636.. function:: sched_getaffinity(pid)
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004637
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004638 Return the set of CPUs the process with PID *pid* (or the current process
4639 if zero) is restricted to.
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004640
4641
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004642.. _os-path:
4643
4644Miscellaneous System Information
4645--------------------------------
4646
4647
4648.. function:: confstr(name)
4649
4650 Return string-valued system configuration values. *name* specifies the
4651 configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the name of a
4652 defined system value; these names are specified in a number of standards (POSIX,
4653 Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define additional names as well.
4654 The names known to the host operating system are given as the keys of the
4655 ``confstr_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not included in that
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004656 mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004657
4658 If the configuration value specified by *name* isn't defined, ``None`` is
4659 returned.
4660
4661 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
4662 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
4663 included in ``confstr_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
4664 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
4665
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004666 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004667
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004668
4669.. data:: confstr_names
4670
4671 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`confstr` to the integer values
4672 defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004673 determine the set of names known to the system.
4674
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004675 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004676
4677
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004678.. function:: cpu_count()
4679
Serhiy Storchakaecf41da2016-10-19 16:29:26 +03004680 Return the number of CPUs in the system. Returns ``None`` if undetermined.
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004681
Charles-François Natalidc87e4b2015-07-13 21:01:39 +01004682 This number is not equivalent to the number of CPUs the current process can
4683 use. The number of usable CPUs can be obtained with
4684 ``len(os.sched_getaffinity(0))``
4685
4686
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004687 .. versionadded:: 3.4
4688
4689
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004690.. function:: getloadavg()
4691
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +00004692 Return the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over the last
4693 1, 5, and 15 minutes or raises :exc:`OSError` if the load average was
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004694 unobtainable.
4695
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004696 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004697
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004698
4699.. function:: sysconf(name)
4700
4701 Return integer-valued system configuration values. If the configuration value
4702 specified by *name* isn't defined, ``-1`` is returned. The comments regarding
4703 the *name* parameter for :func:`confstr` apply here as well; the dictionary that
4704 provides information on the known names is given by ``sysconf_names``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004705
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004706 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004707
4708
4709.. data:: sysconf_names
4710
4711 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`sysconf` to the integer values
4712 defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004713 determine the set of names known to the system.
4714
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004715 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004716
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004717The following data values are used to support path manipulation operations. These
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004718are defined for all platforms.
4719
4720Higher-level operations on pathnames are defined in the :mod:`os.path` module.
4721
4722
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004723.. index:: single: . (dot); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004724.. data:: curdir
4725
4726 The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the current
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004727 directory. This is ``'.'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via
4728 :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004729
4730
Serhiy Storchakaddb961d2018-10-26 09:00:49 +03004731.. index:: single: ..; in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004732.. data:: pardir
4733
4734 The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the parent
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004735 directory. This is ``'..'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via
4736 :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004737
4738
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004739.. index:: single: / (slash); in pathnames
4740.. index:: single: \ (backslash); in pathnames (Windows)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004741.. data:: sep
4742
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004743 The character used by the operating system to separate pathname components.
4744 This is ``'/'`` for POSIX and ``'\\'`` for Windows. Note that knowing this
4745 is not sufficient to be able to parse or concatenate pathnames --- use
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004746 :func:`os.path.split` and :func:`os.path.join` --- but it is occasionally
4747 useful. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4748
4749
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004750.. index:: single: / (slash); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004751.. data:: altsep
4752
4753 An alternative character used by the operating system to separate pathname
4754 components, or ``None`` if only one separator character exists. This is set to
4755 ``'/'`` on Windows systems where ``sep`` is a backslash. Also available via
4756 :mod:`os.path`.
4757
4758
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004759.. index:: single: . (dot); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004760.. data:: extsep
4761
4762 The character which separates the base filename from the extension; for example,
4763 the ``'.'`` in :file:`os.py`. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4764
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004765
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004766.. index:: single: : (colon); path separator (POSIX)
4767 single: ; (semicolon)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004768.. data:: pathsep
4769
4770 The character conventionally used by the operating system to separate search
4771 path components (as in :envvar:`PATH`), such as ``':'`` for POSIX or ``';'`` for
4772 Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4773
4774
4775.. data:: defpath
4776
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004777 The default search path used by :func:`exec\*p\* <execl>` and
4778 :func:`spawn\*p\* <spawnl>` if the environment doesn't have a ``'PATH'``
4779 key. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004780
4781
4782.. data:: linesep
4783
4784 The string used to separate (or, rather, terminate) lines on the current
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004785 platform. This may be a single character, such as ``'\n'`` for POSIX, or
4786 multiple characters, for example, ``'\r\n'`` for Windows. Do not use
4787 *os.linesep* as a line terminator when writing files opened in text mode (the
4788 default); use a single ``'\n'`` instead, on all platforms.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004789
4790
4791.. data:: devnull
4792
Georg Brandl850a9902010-05-21 22:04:32 +00004793 The file path of the null device. For example: ``'/dev/null'`` for
4794 POSIX, ``'nul'`` for Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004795
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04004796.. data:: RTLD_LAZY
4797 RTLD_NOW
4798 RTLD_GLOBAL
4799 RTLD_LOCAL
4800 RTLD_NODELETE
4801 RTLD_NOLOAD
4802 RTLD_DEEPBIND
4803
4804 Flags for use with the :func:`~sys.setdlopenflags` and
4805 :func:`~sys.getdlopenflags` functions. See the Unix manual page
4806 :manpage:`dlopen(3)` for what the different flags mean.
4807
4808 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004809
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004810
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004811Random numbers
4812--------------
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004813
4814
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004815.. function:: getrandom(size, flags=0)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004816
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004817 Get up to *size* random bytes. The function can return less bytes than
4818 requested.
4819
4820 These bytes can be used to seed user-space random number generators or for
4821 cryptographic purposes.
4822
4823 ``getrandom()`` relies on entropy gathered from device drivers and other
4824 sources of environmental noise. Unnecessarily reading large quantities of
4825 data will have a negative impact on other users of the ``/dev/random`` and
4826 ``/dev/urandom`` devices.
4827
4828 The flags argument is a bit mask that can contain zero or more of the
4829 following values ORed together: :py:data:`os.GRND_RANDOM` and
4830 :py:data:`GRND_NONBLOCK`.
4831
4832 See also the `Linux getrandom() manual page
4833 <http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/getrandom.2.html>`_.
4834
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004835 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 and newer.
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004836
4837 .. versionadded:: 3.6
4838
4839.. function:: urandom(size)
4840
4841 Return a string of *size* random bytes suitable for cryptographic use.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004842
4843 This function returns random bytes from an OS-specific randomness source. The
4844 returned data should be unpredictable enough for cryptographic applications,
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004845 though its exact quality depends on the OS implementation.
4846
Victor Stinnere66987e2016-09-06 16:33:52 -07004847 On Linux, if the ``getrandom()`` syscall is available, it is used in
4848 blocking mode: block until the system urandom entropy pool is initialized
4849 (128 bits of entropy are collected by the kernel). See the :pep:`524` for
4850 the rationale. On Linux, the :func:`getrandom` function can be used to get
4851 random bytes in non-blocking mode (using the :data:`GRND_NONBLOCK` flag) or
4852 to poll until the system urandom entropy pool is initialized.
Andrew Svetlov03cb99c2012-10-16 13:15:06 +03004853
Victor Stinnere66987e2016-09-06 16:33:52 -07004854 On a Unix-like system, random bytes are read from the ``/dev/urandom``
4855 device. If the ``/dev/urandom`` device is not available or not readable, the
4856 :exc:`NotImplementedError` exception is raised.
4857
4858 On Windows, it will use ``CryptGenRandom()``.
4859
4860 .. seealso::
4861 The :mod:`secrets` module provides higher level functions. For an
4862 easy-to-use interface to the random number generator provided by your
4863 platform, please see :class:`random.SystemRandom`.
4864
4865 .. versionchanged:: 3.6.0
4866 On Linux, ``getrandom()`` is now used in blocking mode to increase the
4867 security.
Victor Stinnerace88482015-07-29 02:28:32 +02004868
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004869 .. versionchanged:: 3.5.2
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004870 On Linux, if the ``getrandom()`` syscall blocks (the urandom entropy pool
4871 is not initialized yet), fall back on reading ``/dev/urandom``.
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004872
Victor Stinnerace88482015-07-29 02:28:32 +02004873 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
4874 On Linux 3.17 and newer, the ``getrandom()`` syscall is now used
4875 when available. On OpenBSD 5.6 and newer, the C ``getentropy()``
4876 function is now used. These functions avoid the usage of an internal file
4877 descriptor.
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004878
4879.. data:: GRND_NONBLOCK
4880
4881 By default, when reading from ``/dev/random``, :func:`getrandom` blocks if
4882 no random bytes are available, and when reading from ``/dev/urandom``, it blocks
4883 if the entropy pool has not yet been initialized.
4884
4885 If the :py:data:`GRND_NONBLOCK` flag is set, then :func:`getrandom` does not
4886 block in these cases, but instead immediately raises :exc:`BlockingIOError`.
4887
4888 .. versionadded:: 3.6
4889
4890.. data:: GRND_RANDOM
4891
4892 If this bit is set, then random bytes are drawn from the
4893 ``/dev/random`` pool instead of the ``/dev/urandom`` pool.
4894
4895 .. versionadded:: 3.6